Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-Q

 

 

(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2013

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from             to             .

Commission file number: 1-32381

 

 

HERBALIFE LTD.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands   98-0377871
(State or other jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)   Identification No.)

P.O. Box 309GT

Ugland House, South Church Street

Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)

(213) 745-0500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

Number of shares of registrant’s common shares outstanding as of April 24, 2013 was 102,955,950.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

HERBALIFE LTD.

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION   

Item 1. Financial Statements

     4   

Unaudited and Unreviewed Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     4   

Unaudited and Unreviewed Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income

     5   

Unaudited and Unreviewed Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     6   

Unaudited and Unreviewed Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     7   

Notes to Unaudited and Unreviewed Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     8   

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     21   

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     36   

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

     38   

Forward Looking Statements

     38   
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION   

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

     39   

Item 1A. Risk Factors

     40   

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

     55   

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

     56   

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

     56   

Item 5. Other Information

     56   

Item 6. Exhibits

     56   

Signatures and Certifications

     60   

 

2


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

As previously disclosed, on April 8, 2013, KPMG LLP, or KPMG, notified Herbalife Ltd., or the Company, that KPMG was resigning, effective immediately, as the Company’s independent accountant. KPMG stated it had concluded it was not independent because of alleged insider trading in the Company’s securities by one of KPMG’s former partners who, until April 5, 2013, was the KPMG engagement partner on the Company’s audit. KPMG advised the Company it resigned as the Company’s independent accountant solely due to the impairment of KPMG’s independence resulting from its now former partner’s alleged unlawful activities and not for any reason related to the Company’s financial statements, its accounting practices, the integrity of the Company’s management or for any other reason. While the Company has not engaged a new independent accounting firm, it has begun a search process to identify KPMG’s successor.

As a result of the alleged insider trading activity by its now former partner and KPMG’s resulting resignation on April 8, 2013, KPMG notified the Company its independence has been impaired and had no option but to withdraw its audit reports on the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and that such reports should no longer be relied upon as a result of KPMG’s lack of independence created by the circumstances described above. The Company’s Audit Committee and management continue to believe that the Company’s financial statements covering the referenced periods fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the end of and for the referenced periods and may continue to be relied upon and that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective during these periods.

Also, as a result of KPMG’s resignation, the unaudited interim financial information presented in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q has not been reviewed by an outside independent accounting firm as required by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. As a result, this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is considered deficient and the Company is no longer considered to be timely or current in its filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. While this filing does not comply with the requirements of Regulation S-X, and should not be interpreted to be a substitute for the review that would normally occur by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, the Company’s Audit Committee and management believe that the interim financial information presented herein fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the end of and for the referenced periods and may be relied upon. Except for the absence of this review of the unaudited interim financial information discussed above, this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q fully complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the Company believes it is prudent to file this Report with the SEC in spite of the current circumstances to provide the financial and other information set forth herein to its shareholders and other interested parties. The Company plans to file an amendment to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q as soon as practicable following the engagement of a successor independent registered public accounting firm and the firm’s review of the Company’s interim financial statements included herein.

The CEO and CFO believe, to the best of their knowledge, that the financial statements accurately portray the financial condition of the Company. To that end, they have provided the certifications under Section 302 of SOX. The SOX Section 906 certification is omitted from this filing only because, as a result of KPMG’s former partner’s actions as described above, the financial statements accompanying this report have not been reviewed by an independent public accountant under SAS 100. The Company believes that this report otherwise meets all of the qualifications of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder governing the preparation and filing of periodic reports as referenced in the certifications. Before the Company’s officers can make a SOX Section 906 certification, the Company’s independent public accounting firm must complete its review of the consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report under SAS 100, as required by SEC rules. Once the Company’s new auditor completes its review of the Company’s first quarter 2013 financial statements under SAS 100, the Company will file an amendment to this report with the SOX Section 906 certification.

See Notes 2, Significant Accounting Policies , and 14, Subsequent Events , to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information on the matters discussed above.

 

3


Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Item 1. Financial Statements

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited and Unreviewed)

 

     March 31,
2013
    December 31,
2012
 
     (In thousands, except share and
par value amounts)
 
ASSETS     

CURRENT ASSETS:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 722,474      $ 333,534   

Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,988 (2013) and $2,273 (2012)

     112,041        116,139   

Inventories

     334,412        339,411   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     126,465        125,425   

Deferred income taxes

     50,622        49,339   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,346,014        963,848   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property, at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $272,728 (2013) and $255,862 (2012)

     246,682        242,886   

Deferred compensation plan assets

     25,074        24,267   

Deferred financing costs, net

     6,809        7,462   

Other assets

     48,141        48,805   

Marketing related intangibles and other intangible assets, net

     311,090        311,186   

Goodwill

     105,490        105,490   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,089,300      $ 1,703,944   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 79,109      $ 75,209   

Royalty overrides

     221,814        243,351   

Accrued compensation

     66,719        95,220   

Accrued expenses

     195,466        181,523   

Current portion of long-term debt

     62,807        56,302   

Advance sales deposits

     44,684        49,432   

Income taxes payable

     26,272        15,854   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     696,871        716,891   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES:

    

Long-term debt, net of current portion

     912,517        431,305   

Deferred compensation plan liability

     32,529        29,454   

Deferred income taxes

     59,888        62,982   

Other non-current liabilities

     44,550        42,557   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,746,355        1,283,189   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CONTINGENCIES

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

    

Common shares, $0.001 par value; 1.0 billion shares authorized; 103.0 million (2013) and 106.9 million (2012) shares outstanding

     103        107   

Paid-in-capital in excess of par value

     299,391        303,975   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (41,711     (31,695

Retained earnings

     85,162        148,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

     342,945        420,755   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 2,089,300      $ 1,703,944   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See the accompanying notes to unaudited and unreviewed condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited and Unreviewed)

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2013
     March 31,
2012
 
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

Product sales

   $ 951,583       $ 821,646   

Shipping & handling revenues

     172,064         142,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales

     1,123,647         964,175   

Cost of sales

     225,977         196,144   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     897,670         768,031   

Royalty overrides

     364,029         317,533   

Selling, general & administrative expenses

     364,720         296,393   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     168,921         154,105   

Interest expense, net

     5,373         1,373   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     163,548         152,732   

Income taxes

     44,692         44,570   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 118,856       $ 108,162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings per share:

     

Basic

   $ 1.14       $ 0.93   

Diluted

   $ 1.10       $ 0.88   

Weighted average shares outstanding:

     

Basic

     104,121         116,191   

Diluted

     108,068         122,373   

Dividends declared per share

   $ 0.30       $ 0.30   

See the accompanying notes to unaudited and unreviewed condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

5


Table of Contents

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Unaudited and Unreviewed)

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2013
    March 31,
2012
 
     (In thousands)  

Net income

   $ 118,856      $ 108,162   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of income taxes of $(305) and $1,757 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

     (8,684     11,219   

Unrealized (loss) gain on derivatives, net of income taxes of $(507) and $(641) for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

     (1,332     (1,722
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     (10,016     9,497   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 108,840      $ 117,659   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See the accompanying notes to unaudited and unreviewed condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

6


Table of Contents

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited and Unreviewed)

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2013
    March 31,
2012
 
     (In thousands)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net income

   $ 118,856      $ 108,162   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     20,964        18,590   

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

     (447     (20,675

Share-based compensation expenses

     7,866        7,227   

Amortization of deferred financing costs

     650        286   

Deferred income taxes

     (3,773     (597

Unrealized foreign exchange transaction (gain) loss

     (10,971     (3,868

Foreign exchange loss from Venezuela currency devaluation

     15,116        —     

Other

     (890     391   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Receivables

     3,216        (14,759

Inventories

     5,012        9,742   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (8,200     (4,029

Other assets

     (15     (905

Accounts payable

     4,900        11,496   

Royalty overrides

     (21,472     (2,302

Accrued expenses and accrued compensation

     (15,517     (17,373

Advance sales deposits

     (3,857     9,062   

Income taxes

     23,114        16,489   

Deferred compensation plan liability

     3,075        3,431   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     137,627        120,368   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (24,856     (24,691

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

     24        15   

Deferred compensation plan assets

     —          (2,552
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

     (24,832     (27,228
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Dividends paid

     (30,904     (35,172

Borrowings from long-term debt

     513,223        114,560   

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (25,509     (86,402

Share repurchases

     (164,485     (72,942

Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements

     447        20,675   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and sale of stock under employee stock purchase plan

     425        7,128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) FINANCING ACTIVITIES

     293,197        (52,153
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH

     (17,052     6,099   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     388,940        47,086   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     333,534        258,775   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

   $ 722,474      $ 305,861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH PAID DURING THE PERIOD

    

Interest paid

   $ 5,486      $ 2,477   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

   $ 31,853      $ 29,958   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See the accompanying notes to unaudited and unreviewed condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

7


Table of Contents

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited and Unreviewed)

1. Organization

Herbalife Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempt limited liability company, or Herbalife, was incorporated on April 4, 2002. Herbalife Ltd. (and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company”) is a leading global nutrition company that sells weight management products, nutritional supplements, energy, sports & fitness products and personal care products utilizing network marketing distribution. As of March 31, 2013, the Company sold its products to and through a network of 3.6 million independent distributors, which included 0.2 million in China. In China, the Company currently sells its products through retail stores, sales representatives, sales officers and independent service providers. The Company reports revenue in six geographic regions: North America; Mexico; South and Central America; EMEA, which consists of Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Asia Pacific (excluding China); and China.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The unaudited and unreviewed interim financial information of the Company has been prepared in accordance with Article 10 of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s, or the SEC, Regulation S-X. Accordingly, as permitted by Article 10 of the SEC’s Regulation S-X, it does not include all of the information required by generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S., or U.S. GAAP, for complete financial statements. The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012 was derived from the previously audited financial statements at that date, where the Company’s previous independent registered public accounting firm’s audit opinions have now been withdrawn as explained further in Note 14, Subsequent Events , and does not include all the disclosures required by U.S. GAAP, as permitted by Article 10 of the SEC’s Regulation S-X. The Company’s unaudited and unreviewed condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2013, and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, include Herbalife and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries. In the opinion of management, the accompanying financial information contains all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s unaudited and unreviewed condensed consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2013, and for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. These unaudited and unreviewed condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, or the 2012 10-K. Operating results for the three months ended March 31, 2013, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013.

The unaudited interim financial information presented in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q has not been reviewed by an independent registered public accounting firm as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm resigned on April 8, 2013. See Note 14, Subsequent Events , for further discussion. As a result this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is considered deficient and, as of the filing deadline for this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the Company is no longer considered to be timely or current in its filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. While this filing does not comply with the requirements of Regulation S-X, and should not be interpreted to be a substitute for the review that would normally occur by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, the Company’s Audit Committee and management believe that the interim financial information presented herein fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the end of and for the referenced periods and may be relied upon. Except for the absence of this review of the unaudited interim financial information discussed above, this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q fully complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the Company believes it is prudent to file this Report with the SEC in spite of the current circumstances to provide the financial and other information set forth herein to its shareholders and other interested parties. The Company plans to file an amendment to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q as soon as practicable following the engagement of a successor independent registered public accounting firm and the firm’s review of the Company’s interim financial statements included herein.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2013-04, Liabilities (Topic 405): Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). This ASU addresses the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of certain obligations resulting from joint and several arrangements including debt arrangements, other contractual obligations, and settled litigation and judicial rulings. The ASU is effective for public entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

 

8


Table of Contents

In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-05, Foreign Currency Matters (Topic 830 ): Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force). This ASU addresses the accounting for the cumulative translation adjustment when a parent either sells a part or all of its investment in a foreign entity or no longer holds a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary or group of assets that is a nonprofit activity or a business within a foreign entity. This ASU is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

Venezuela

Currency restrictions enacted by the Venezuelan government have become more restrictive and have impacted the ability of the Company’s subsidiary in Venezuela, Herbalife Venezuela, to timely obtain U.S. dollars in exchange for Venezuelan Bolivars, or Bolivars, at the official foreign exchange rate from the Venezuelan government and its foreign exchange commission, CADIVI. The application and approval process continue to be delayed and the Company’s ability to timely obtain U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate remains uncertain.

In February 2013, the Venezuela government announced that it devalued its Bolivar currency and will eliminate the SITME regulated system. The SITME 5.3 Bolivars per U.S. dollar rate was eliminated and the CADIVI rate has been devalued from 4.3 Bolivars to 6.3 Bolivars per U.S. dollar. This new CADIVI rate is approximately 16% less favorable than the previously published 5.3 SITME rate. The Company recognized approximately $15.1 million of net foreign exchange losses within its condensed consolidated statement of income for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as a result of remeasuring the Company’s Bolivar denominated monetary assets and liabilities at this new CADIVI rate of 6.3 Bolivars per U.S. dollar. The majority of these foreign exchange losses related to the approximately $16.9 million devaluation of Herbalife Venezuela’s Bolivar denominated cash and cash equivalents. In March 2013, the Venezuelan government also announced they will introduce an additional complimentary exchange mechanism known as SICAD. It is currently unknown whether Herbalife Venezuela will be able to access this new exchange mechanism and the Company is currently assessing and monitoring the restrictions and exchange rates relating to this alternative mechanism.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company also recognized $0.7 million of foreign exchange losses as a result of exchanging Bolivars for U.S. dollars using alternative legal exchange mechanisms that were approximately 75% less favorable than the new CADIVI rate. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company has exchanged 5.6 million Bolivars for $0.2 million U.S. dollars using these alternative legal exchange mechanisms. As of March 31, 2013, Herbalife Venezuela’s net monetary assets and liabilities denominated in Bolivars were approximately $89.5 million, and included approximately $102.3 million in Bolivar denominated cash and cash equivalents. These Bolivar denominated assets and liabilities were remeasured at the CADIVI rate. The Company remeasures its Bolivars at the official published CADIVI rate given the limited availability of alternative exchange mechanisms and the uncertainty in the effective exchange rate for alternative exchange mechanisms. These remeasured amounts, including cash and cash equivalents, being reported on the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet using the published CADIVI rate may not accurately represent the amount of U.S. dollars that the Company could ultimately realize. While the Company continues to monitor the exchange mechanisms and restrictions under CADIVI, and assess and monitor the current economic and political environment in Venezuela, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to exchange Bolivars into U.S. dollars on a timely basis. Herbalife Venezuela’s net sales represented approximately 4% and 3% of the Company’s consolidated net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and its total assets represented approximately 6% and 7% of the Company’s consolidated total assets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the majority of its total assets consisted of Bolivar denominated cash and cash equivalents.

See the Company’s 2012 10-K for further information on Herbalife Venezuela and Venezuela’s highly inflationary economy.

3. Inventories

Inventories consist primarily of finished goods available for resale. Inventories are stated at lower of cost (primarily on the first-in, first-out basis) or market. The following are the major classes of inventory:

 

     March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     (In millions)  

Raw materials

   $ 20.4       $ 19.6   

Work in process

     2.2         1.9   

Finished goods

     311.8         317.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 334.4       $ 339.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

9


Table of Contents

4. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

     March 31,
2013
     December 31,
2012
 
     (In millions)  

Borrowings under the senior secured credit facility

   $ 975.0       $ 487.5   

Capital leases

     0.1         0.1   

Other debt

     0.2         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     975. 3         487.6   

Less: current portion

     62.8         56.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 912.5       $ 431.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

On March 9, 2011, the Company entered into a $700.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, or the Credit Facility, with a syndicate of financial institutions as lenders and terminated its prior senior secured credit facility, or the Prior Credit Facility. The Credit Facility has a five year maturity and expires on March 9, 2016. Based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio, U.S. dollar borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at either LIBOR plus the applicable margin between 1.50% and 2.50% or the base rate plus the applicable margin between 0.50% and 1.50%. The base rate under the Credit Facility represents the highest of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%, and the prime rate offered by Bank of America. The Company, based on its consolidated leverage ratio, pays a commitment fee between 0.25% and 0.50% per annum on the unused portion of the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility also permits the Company to borrow limited amounts in Mexican Peso and Euro currencies based on variable rates.

In March 2011, the Company used $196.0 million in U.S. dollar borrowings under the Credit Facility to repay all amounts outstanding under the Prior Credit Facility. The Company incurred approximately $5.7 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the Credit Facility. These debt issuance costs were recorded as deferred financing costs on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and are being amortized over the term of the Credit Facility.

On July 26, 2012, the Company amended the Credit Facility to include a $500.0 million term loan with a syndicate of financial institutions as lenders, or the Term Loan. The Term Loan is a part of the Credit Facility and is in addition to the Company’s current revolving credit facility. The Term Loan matures on March 9, 2016. The Company will make regular scheduled payments for the Term Loan consisting of both principal and interest components. Based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio, the Term Loan bears interest at either LIBOR plus the applicable margin between 1.50% and 2.50% or the base rate plus the applicable margin between 0.50% and 1.50% which are the same terms as the Company’s revolving credit facility.

In July 2012, the Company used all $500.0 million of the borrowings under the Term Loan to pay down amounts outstanding under the Company’s revolving credit facility. The Company incurred approximately $4.5 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the Term Loan. The debt issuance costs are recorded as deferred financing costs on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and will be amortized over the life of the Term Loan. On March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the weighted average interest rate for borrowings under the Credit Facility, including borrowings under the Term Loan, was 1.94% and 1.96%, respectively.

The Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with a leverage ratio and a coverage ratio. In addition, the Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict the Company’s ability to incur liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, pay dividends, repurchase its common shares, merge or consolidate and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company was compliant with its debt covenants under the Credit Facility. The fair value of the outstanding borrowings on the Company’s revolving credit facility and Term Loan approximated their carrying values as of March 31, 2013, due to their variable interest rates which reprice frequently and represent floating market rates. The fair value of the outstanding borrowings on the Company’s revolving credit facility and Term Loan are determined by utilizing Level 2 inputs as defined in Note 12, Fair Value Measurements , such as observable market interest rates and yield curves.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company borrowed an aggregate amount of $513.0 million and paid a total amount of $25.5 million under the Credit Facility. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the U.S. dollar amount outstanding under the Credit Facility was $975.0 million and $487.5 million, respectively. Of the $975.0 million U.S. dollar amount outstanding under the Credit Facility as of March 31, 2013, $475.0 million was outstanding on the Term Loan and $500.0 million was outstanding on the revolving credit facility. Of the $487.5 million U.S. dollar amount outstanding under the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2012, $487.5 million was outstanding on the Term Loan and no amounts were outstanding on the revolving credit facility. There were no outstanding foreign currency borrowings as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 under the Credit Facility.

As of March 31, 2013, the aggregate annual maturities of the Credit Facility were expected to be $43.8 million for 2013, $81.2 million for 2014, $100.0 million for 2015, and $750.0 million for 2016.

 

10


Table of Contents

Interest expense was $6.8 million and $2.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

5. Contingencies

The Company is from time to time engaged in routine litigation. The Company regularly reviews all pending litigation matters in which it is involved and establishes reserves deemed appropriate by management for these litigation matters when a probable loss estimate can be made.

As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements, and other products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, the Company has been and is currently subjected to various product liability claims. The effects of these claims to date have not been material to the Company, and the reasonably possible range of exposure on currently existing claims is not material to the Company. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the allegations contained in the lawsuits. The Company currently maintains product liability insurance with an annual deductible of $10 million.

Certain of the Company’s subsidiaries have been subject to tax audits by governmental authorities in their respective countries. In certain of these tax audits, governmental authorities are proposing that significant amounts of additional taxes and related interest and penalties are due. The Company and its tax advisors believe that there are substantial defenses to governmental allegations that additional taxes are owed, and the Company is vigorously contesting the additional proposed taxes and related charges. On May 7, 2010, the Company received an assessment from the Mexican Tax Administration Service in an amount equivalent to approximately $93 million, translated at the period ended spot rate, for various items, the majority of which was Value Added Tax, or VAT, allegedly owed on certain of the Company’s products imported into Mexico during the years 2005 and 2006. This assessment is subject to interest and inflationary adjustments. On July 8, 2010, the Company initiated a formal administrative appeal process. On May 13, 2011, the Mexican Tax Administration Service issued a resolution on the Company’s administrative appeal. The resolution nullified the assessment. Since the Mexican Tax Administration Service can further review the tax audit findings and re-issue some or all of the original assessment, the Company commenced litigation in the Tax Court of Mexico in August 2011 to dispute the assertions made by the Mexican Tax Administration Service in the case. The Mexican Tax Administration Service filed a response which was received by the Company in April 2012. The response challenged the assertions that the Company made in its August 2011 filing.

The Mexican Tax Administration Service commenced audits of the Company’s Mexican subsidiaries for the period from January to September 2007 and the 2011 year. On October 19, 2012, the Mexican Tax Administration Service issued a preliminary audit report for the January to September 2007 period which primarily focused on VAT allegations. The final audit report for the January to September 2007 period was issued on December 11, 2012 and is substantially similar to the preliminary report. The Company has not yet received any assessment related to this final audit report. The Mexican Tax Authority generally issues an assessment within six months of the final audit report. At a meeting on April 4, 2013, the Mexican Tax Administration Service indicated that they anticipate assessing the Company for the period January 2, 2007 through September 14, 2007 for VAT related matters. The Company intends to file an administrative appeal disputing any assessment. The Company has not recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable.

Prior to the nullification of the assessment relating to the 2005 and 2006 years the Company entered into agreements with certain insurance companies to allow for the potential issuance of surety bonds in support of its appeal of the assessment. Such surety bonds, if issued, would not affect the availability of the Company’s Credit Facility. These arrangements with the insurance companies remain in place in the event that the assessment is re-issued. The Company has not recognized a loss as the Company, based on its analysis and guidance from its advisors, does not believe a loss would be probable if the assessment is re-issued or if any additional assessment is issued. Further, the Company is currently unable to reasonably estimate a possible loss or range of loss that could result from an unfavorable outcome if the assessment was re-issued or any additional assessments were to be issued for these or other periods. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses if the assessment is re-issued or would have meritorious defenses if any additional assessment is issued.

The Company received an assessment from the Spanish Tax Authority in an amount equivalent to approximately $4.1 million translated at the period ended spot rate, for withholding taxes, interest and penalties related to payments to Spanish distributors for the 2003-2004 periods. The Company appealed the assessment to the National Appellate Court (Audiencia Nacional). Based on the ruling of the National Appellate Court, substantially all of the assessment was nullified. The Company began withholding taxes on payments to Spanish distributors for the 2012 year. If the Spanish Tax Authority raises the same issue in later years, the Company believes that it has meritorious defenses. The Company has not recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable. The Company is currently unable to reasonably estimate a possible loss or range of loss that could result from an unfavorable outcome if additional assessments for other periods were to be issued.

The Company received a tax assessment in September 2009, from the Federal Revenue Office of Brazil in an amount equivalent to approximately $4.2 million U.S. dollars, translated at the period ended spot rate, related to withholding/contributions based on payments to the Company’s distributors during 2004. The Company has appealed this tax assessment to the Administrative Council of Tax Appeals (2nd level administrative appeal) as it believes it has meritorious defenses and it has not recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable. The Company is currently unable to reasonably estimate the amount of the loss that may result from an unfavorable outcome if additional assessments for other periods were to be issued.

 

11


Table of Contents

The Company received an order from a Rome Labor Court on behalf of the Social Security Authority on March 1, 2012, to pay an amount equivalent to approximately $6.9 million U.S. dollars, translated at the period ended spot rate, for social contributions, interest and penalties related to payments to Italian distributors from 2002 through 2005. The Company has filed a writ with the Rome Labor Court appealing the order and the Social Security Authority filed a response brief. At a hearing on July 12, 2012, the Social Security Authority announced its intention to withdraw their claim as well as the order to pay the assessment. A hearing on this matter was originally scheduled for October 23, 2012 but it has been postponed and will be rescheduled. The Company has not recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable.

These matters may take several years to resolve. While the Company believes it has meritorious defenses, it cannot be sure of their ultimate resolution. Although the Company may reserve amounts for certain matters that the Company believes represent the most likely outcome of the resolution of these related disputes, if the Company is incorrect in its assessment, the Company may have to record additional expenses, when it becomes probable that an increased potential liability is warranted.

6. Segment Information

The Company is a nutrition company that sells a wide range of weight management products, nutritional supplements and personal care products. The Company’s products are manufactured by third party providers and by the Company in its Suzhou, China facility and in its Lake Forest, California facility, and then are sold to independent distributors who consume and sell Herbalife products to retail consumers or other distributors. Revenues reflect sales of products by the Company to its distributors and are categorized based on geographic location.

As of March 31, 2013, the Company sold products in 88 countries throughout the world and was organized and managed by geographic regions. The Company aggregates its operating segments, excluding China, into one reporting segment, or the Primary Reporting Segment, as management believes that the Company’s operating segments have similar operating characteristics and similar long term operating performance. In making this determination, management believes that the operating segments are similar in the nature of the products sold, the product acquisition process, the types of customers to whom products are sold, the methods used to distribute the products, and the nature of the regulatory environment. China has been identified as a separate reporting segment as it does not meet the criteria for aggregation. The operating information for the Primary Reporting Segment and China, and sales by product line are as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2013
     March 31,
2012
 
     (In millions)  

Net Sales:

     

Primary Reporting Segment

     

United States

   $ 216.2       $ 204.5   

Mexico

     132.9         117.1   

South Korea

     110.0         93.1   

Others

     596.0         492.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Primary Reporting Segment

     1,055.1         907.3   

China

     68.5         56.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net Sales

   $ 1,123.6       $ 964.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contribution Margin(1)(2):

     

Primary Reporting Segment

     

United States

   $ 94.7       $ 95.4   

Mexico

     58.6         43.9   

South Korea

     55.2         42.0   

Others

     264.7         218.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Primary Reporting Segment

     473.2         399.4   

China

     60.5         51.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Contribution Margin

   $ 533.7       $ 450.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)

     364.7         296.4   

Interest expense, net

     5.4         1.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     163.6         152.8   

Income taxes

     44.7         44.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net Income

   $ 118.9       $ 108.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales by product line:

     

Weight Management

   $ 711.6       $ 601.8   

Targeted Nutrition

     256.9         224.9   

Energy, Sports and Fitness

     58.3         48.1   

 

 

12


Table of Contents

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2013
     March 31,
2012
 
     (In millions)  

Outer Nutrition

     38.2         36.7   

Literature, promotional and other(3)

     58.6         52.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net Sales

   $ 1,123.6       $ 964.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales by geographic region:

     

North America

   $ 221.5       $ 210.7   

Mexico

     132.9         117.1   

South and Central America

     219.4         165.5   

EMEA

     169.5         154.0   

Asia Pacific

     311.8         260.0   

China

     68.5         56.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Net Sales

   $ 1,123.6       $ 964.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Contribution margin consists of net sales less cost of sales and royalty overrides. See Part I, Item 2 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for a description of net sales, cost of sales and royalty overrides.
(2) Service fees to China independent service providers totaling $31.4 million and $25.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses while distributor compensation for all other countries is included in contribution margin.
(3) Product buybacks and returns in all product categories are included in the literature, promotional and other category.

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, total assets for the Company’s Primary Reporting Segment were $1,959.6 million and $1,587.0 million, respectively. Total assets for the China segment were $129.7 million and $116.9 million as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

7. Share-Based Compensation

The Company has share-based compensation plans, which are more fully described in Note 9, Share-Based Compensation , to the Consolidated Financial Statements in the 2012 10-K. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company granted stock awards subject to continued service, consisting of stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and stock units with vesting terms fully described in the 2012 10-K. There were no stock options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, share-based compensation expense amounted to $7.9 million and $7.2 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2013, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to all non-vested stock awards was $43.2 million and the related weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is approximately 1.4 years.

The following tables summarize the activity under all share-based compensation plans for the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 

Stock Options & SARs

   Awards     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(1)
 
     (In thousands)                   (In millions)  

Outstanding at December 31, 2012(2) (3)

     11,333      $ 28.62         5.9 years       $ 119.1   

Granted

     46      $ 34.05         

Exercised

     (9   $ 10.34         

Forfeited

     (9   $ 44.71         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding at March 31, 2013(2) (3)

     11,361      $ 28.65         5.6 years       $ 151.6   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable at March 31, 2013(2)

     6,235      $ 17.83         3.9 years       $ 126.8   
  

 

 

         

 

(1) The intrinsic value is the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the stock awards.
(2) Includes 1.5 million market condition SARs.
(3) Includes 0.9 million market and performance condition SARs.

 

13


Table of Contents

The weighted-average grant date fair value of SARs granted during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $11.15 and $25.23, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options and SARs exercised during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $0.3 million and $69.6 million, respectively.

 

Incentive Plan and Independent Directors Stock Units

   Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 
     (In thousands)        

Outstanding and nonvested December 31, 2012

     321.6      $ 11.70   

Granted

     7.6      $ 35.63  

Vested

     (130.5   $ 8.16   

Forfeited

     —          —     
  

 

 

   

Outstanding and nonvested at March 31, 2013

     198.7      $ 14.93   
  

 

 

   

The total vesting date fair value of stock units which vested during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, was $4.3 million and $18.5 million, respectively.

The Company recognizes excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation to shareholders’ equity only when realized. When assessing whether excess tax benefits relating to share-based compensation have been realized, the Company follows the with-and-without approach. Under this approach, excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation are not deemed to be realized until after the utilization of all other tax benefits available to the Company, which are also subject to applicable limitations. As of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, the Company had $26.0 million and $25.9 million, respectively, of unrealized excess tax benefits.

8. Income Taxes

Income taxes were $44.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $44.6 million for the same period in 2012. The effective income tax rate was 27.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to 29.2% for the same period in 2012. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012, was primarily due to an increase of net benefits from discrete events and the impact of changes in the geographic mix of the Company’s income.

As of March 31, 2013, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including related interest and penalties was $49.0 million. If the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was recognized, $39.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits, $5.9 million of interest and $1.7 million of penalties would impact the effective tax rate.

The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by up to approximately $28.3 million within the next twelve months. Of this possible decrease, $26.1 million would be due to the settlement of audits or resolution of administrative or judicial proceedings. The remaining possible decrease of $2.2 million would be due to the expiration of statute of limitations in various jurisdictions.

9. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company engages in an interest rate hedging strategy for which the hedged transactions are forecasted interest payments on the Company’s Credit Facility. The hedged risk is the variability of forecasted interest rate cash flows, where the hedging strategy involves the purchase of interest rate swaps. For the outstanding cash flow hedges on interest rate exposures at March 31, 2013, the maximum length of time over which the Company is hedging certain of these exposures is approximately four months.

During August 2009, the Company entered into four interest rate swap agreements with an effective date of December 31, 2009. The agreements collectively provide for the Company to pay interest for less than a four-year period at a weighted average fixed rate of 2.78% on notional amounts aggregating to $140.0 million while receiving interest for the same period at the one month LIBOR rate on the same notional amounts. These agreements will expire in July 2013. These swaps at inception were designated as cash flow hedges against the variability in the LIBOR interest rate on the Company’s term loan under the Prior Credit Facility or against the variability in the LIBOR interest rate on the replacement debt. The Company’s term loan under the Prior Credit Facility was terminated in March 2011 and refinanced with the Credit Facility as discussed further in Note 4, Long-Term Debt . The Company’s swaps remain effective and continue to be designated as cash flow hedges against the variability in certain LIBOR interest rate borrowings under the Credit Facility at LIBOR plus 1.50% to 2.50%, fixing the Company’s weighted average effective rate on the notional amounts at 4.28% to 5.28%. There was no hedge ineffectiveness recorded as result of this refinancing event.

 

14


Table of Contents

The Company assesses hedge effectiveness and measures hedge ineffectiveness at least quarterly. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the ineffective portion relating to these hedges was immaterial and the hedges remained effective as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Consequently, all changes in the fair value of the derivatives are deferred and recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the related forecasted transactions are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements are based on third-party quotes. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the Company recorded the interest rate swaps as liabilities at their fair value of $1.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

Foreign Currency Instruments

The Company also designates certain foreign currency derivatives, such as certain foreign currency forward and option contracts, as freestanding derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply. The changes in the fair market value of these freestanding derivatives are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of income. The Company uses foreign currency forward contracts to hedge foreign-currency-denominated intercompany transactions and to partially mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. The Company also uses foreign currency option contracts to partially mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. The fair value of the forward and option contracts are based on third-party quotes. The Company’s foreign currency derivative contracts are generally executed on a monthly basis.

The Company designates as cash-flow hedges those foreign currency forward contracts it enters into to hedge forecasted inventory purchases and intercompany management fees that are subject to foreign currency exposures. Forward contracts are used to hedge forecasted inventory purchases over specific months. Changes in the fair value of these forward contracts, excluding forward points, designated as cash-flow hedges are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity, and are recognized in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statement of income during the period which approximates the time the hedged inventory is sold. The Company also hedges forecasted intercompany management fees over specific months. These contracts allow the Company to sell Euros in exchange for U.S. dollars at specified contract rates. Changes in the fair value of these forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity, and are recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of income during the period when the hedged item and underlying transaction affect earnings.

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the aggregate notional amounts of all foreign currency contracts outstanding designated as cash flow hedges were approximately $249.8 million and $256.9 million, respectively. At March 31, 2013, these outstanding contracts were expected to mature over the next twelve months. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are recorded on the condensed consolidated balance sheet at fair value based on third-party quotes. As of March 31, 2013, the Company recorded assets at fair value of $2.7 million and liabilities at fair value of $9.6 million relating to all outstanding foreign currency contracts designated as cash-flow hedges. As of December 31, 2012, the Company recorded assets at fair value of $0.5 million and liabilities at fair value of $3.3 million relating to all outstanding foreign currency contracts designated as cash-flow hedges. The Company assesses hedge effectiveness and measures hedge ineffectiveness at least quarterly. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the ineffective portion relating to these hedges was immaterial and the hedges remained effective as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the majority of the Company’s outstanding foreign currency forward contracts had maturity dates of less than twelve months, with the majority of freestanding derivatives expiring within one month as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. There were no foreign currency option contracts outstanding as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. See Part I, Item 3 — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for foreign currency instruments outstanding as of March 31, 2013, where the Company had aggregate notional amounts of approximately $549.9 million of foreign currency contracts, inclusive of freestanding contracts and contracts designated as cash flow hedges.

Gains and Losses on Derivative Instruments

The following table summarizes gains (losses) relating to derivative instruments recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

     Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized
in Other Comprehensive Income  (Loss)
 
     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012  
     (In millions)  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

    

Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to inventory and intercompany management fee hedges

   $ (4.1   $ (1.7

Interest rate swaps

     —        $ (0.4

 

15


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes gains (losses) relating to derivative instruments recorded to income during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

     Location of Gain
(Loss)
Recognized in Income
   Amount of Gain (Loss)
Recognized in Income
 
      For the Three Months Ended  
        March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012  
          (In millions)  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

       

Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to inventory hedges and intercompany management fee hedges (1)

   Selling, general and

administrative expenses

   $ (1.1   $ 0.1   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

       

Foreign exchange currency contracts

   Selling, general and
administrative expenses
   $ (8.7   $ (10.8

 

(1) For foreign exchange contracts designated as hedging instruments, the amounts recognized in income (loss) represent the amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. There were no ineffective amounts recorded for derivatives designated as hedging instruments.

The following table summarizes gains (losses) relating to derivative instruments reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into income during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Location of Gain
(Loss)
Reclassified
from Accumulated
Other  Comprehensive
Loss into Income
(Effective Portion)
   Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified
from Accumulated
Other Comprehensive
Loss into Income
 
      For the Three Months Ended  
      March 31, 2013     March 31, 2012  
          (In millions)  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

       

Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to inventory hedges

   Cost of sales    $ (1.3     —    

Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to intercompany management fee hedges

   Selling, general and
administrative expenses
   $ (0.1   $ 1.2   

Interest rate contracts

   Interest expense, net    $ (0.9   $ (0.9

The Company reports its derivatives at fair value as either assets or liabilities within its condensed consolidated balance sheet. See Note 12, Fair Value Measurements , for information on derivative fair values and their condensed consolidated balance sheet location as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

10. Shareholders’ Equity

Dividends

The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion of the Company’s board of directors and will depend upon various factors, including its earnings, financial condition, restrictions imposed by the Credit Facility and the terms of any other indebtedness that may be outstanding, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by its board of directors. The Credit Facility permits payments of dividends as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded.

On February 19, 2013, the Company announced that its board of directors approved a cash dividend of $0.30 per common share in an aggregate amount of $30.9 million that was paid to shareholders on March 19, 2013. The aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were $30.9 million and $35.2 million, respectively.

Share Repurchases

On July 30, 2012, the Company announced that its board of directors authorized a new $1 billion share repurchase program that will expire on June 30, 2017. This share repurchase program allows the Company to repurchase its common shares, at such times and prices as determined by the Company’s management as market conditions warrant, and to the extent Herbalife Ltd.’s distributable reserves are available under Cayman Islands law. The Credit Facility permits the Company to repurchase its common shares as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded.

 

16


Table of Contents

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company repurchased approximately 4.0 million of its common shares through open market purchases at an aggregate cost of approximately $162.4 million or an average cost of $40.61 per share. As of March 31, 2013, the remaining authorized capacity under the Company’s share repurchase program was $787.6 million.

The Company reflects the aggregate purchase price of its common shares repurchased as a reduction to shareholders’ equity. The Company allocated the purchase price of the repurchased shares as a reduction to retained earnings, common shares and additional paid-in-capital.

The number of shares issued upon vesting or exercise for certain restricted stock units and SARs granted pursuant to the Company’s share-based compensation plans is net of the minimum statutory withholding requirements that the Company pays on behalf of its employees. Although shares withheld are not issued, they are treated as common share repurchases in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, as they reduce the number of shares that would have been issued upon vesting. These shares do not count against the authorized capacity under the Company’s share repurchase program described above.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 

     Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss) by Component
Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
 
     Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
    Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Derivatives
    Total  
     (In millions)  

Beginning Balance

   $ (28.8   $ (2.9   $ (31.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax

     (8.7     (2.9     (11.6

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to income, net of tax(1)

     —          1.6        1.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of reclassifications

     (8.7     (1.3     (10.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (37.5   $ (4.2   $ (41.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note 9, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, for information regarding the location in the condensed consolidated statements of income of gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into income during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications was net of tax benefits of $0.3 million and $1.2 million for foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives, respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to income was net of tax expense of $0.7 million for unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

11. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share represents net income for the period common shares were outstanding, divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share represents net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, inclusive of the effect of dilutive securities such as outstanding stock options, SARs, stock units and warrants.

The following are the common share amounts used to compute the basic and diluted earnings per share for each period:

 

     For the Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
     2013      2012  
     (in thousands)  

Weighted average shares used in basic computations

     104,121         116,191   

Dilutive effect of exercise of equity grants outstanding

     3,947         6,022   

Dilutive effect of warrants

     —           160   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used in diluted computations

     108,068         122,373   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

17


Table of Contents

There were an aggregate of 4.2 million and 1.8 million of equity grants that were outstanding during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, consisting of stock options, SARs, and stock units, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive.

12. Fair Value Measurements

The Company applies the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , or ASC 820, for its financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into three broad levels as follows:

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value as discussed throughout the notes to its consolidated financial statements. Foreign exchange currency contracts and interest rate swaps are valued using standard calculations and models. Foreign exchange currency contracts are valued primarily based on inputs such as observable forward rates, spot rates and foreign currency exchange rates at the reporting period ended date. Interest rate swaps are valued primarily based on inputs such as LIBOR and swap yield curves at the reporting period ended date. Assets or liabilities that have recurring measurements and are measured at fair value consisted of Level 2 derivatives and are shown below at their gross values at March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012:

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date

 

     Derivative Balance
Sheet
Location
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Fair Value at
March 31,
2013
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Fair Value at
December 31,
2012
 
          (in millions)  

ASSETS:

        

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:

        

Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to inventory and intercompany management fee hedges

   Prepaid expenses and other
current assets
   $ 2.7       $ 0.5   

Derivatives not designated as cash flow hedging instruments:

        

Foreign exchange currency contracts

   Prepaid expenses and other
current assets
   $ 0.3       $ 0.7   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 3.0       $ 1.2   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES:

        

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:

        

Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to inventory and intercompany management fee hedges

   Accrued expenses    $ 9.6       $ 3.3   

Interest rate swaps

   Accrued expenses    $ 1.2       $ 2.0   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

        

Foreign exchange currency contracts

   Accrued expenses    $ 2.1       $ 1.3   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 12.9       $ 6.6   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

18


Table of Contents

The Company’s deferred compensation plan assets consist of Company owned life insurance policies. As these policies are recorded at their cash surrender value, they are not required to be included in the fair value table above. See Note 6, Employee Compensation Plans , to the Company’s 2012 10-K for a further description of its deferred compensation plan assets.

The following tables summarize the offsetting of the fair values of the Company’s derivative assets and derivative liabilities for presentation in the Company’s condensed consolidated balance sheet at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:

 

     Offsetting of Derivative Assets  
     Gross
Amounts of
Recognized
Assets
     Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Balance Sheet
    Net Amounts
of Assets
Presented in

the Balance
Sheet
 
     (In millions)  

March 31, 2013

       

Foreign exchange currency contracts

   $ 3.0       $ (2.2   $ 0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3.0       $ (2.2   $ 0.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

       

Foreign exchange currency contracts

   $ 1.2       $ (1.2     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1.2       $ (1.2     —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities  
     Gross
Amounts of
Recognized
Liabilities
     Gross
Amounts
Offset in the
Balance Sheet
    Net Amounts
of Liabilities
Presented in
the Balance
Sheet
 
     (In millions)  

March 31, 2013

       

Foreign exchange currency contracts

   $ 11.7       $ (2.2   $ 9.5   

Interest rate swaps

     1.2         —          1.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 12.9       $ (2.2   $ 10.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

       

Foreign exchange currency contracts

   $ 4.6       $ (1.2   $ 3.4   

Interest rate swaps

     2.0         —          2.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6.6       $ (1.2   $ 5.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company offsets the fair value of its derivative assets and derivative liabilities in its condensed consolidated balance sheet to the extent it maintains master netting arrangements with related financial institutions. The Company offsets all recorded assets and liabilities subject to master netting arrangements on its condensed consolidated balance sheet. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, no collateralization was required for the Company’s derivative assets and derivative liabilities.

13. Professional Fees and Other Expenses

In late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of the Company’s network marketing program and announced that the hedge fund manager had taken a significant short position regarding the Company’s common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and significant stock price volatility. The Company believes that the hedge fund manager’s allegations are inaccurate and misleading. The Company has engaged legal and advisory firms to assist with responding to the allegations and to perform other related services in connection to these recent events. The Company recognizes the related expenses as a part of selling, general & administrative expenses within its consolidated statement of income. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, the Company recorded approximately $9.5 million of professional fees and other expenses related to this matter.

Of the approximately $9.5 million in expenses incurred during the three months ended March 31, 2013 discussed above, approximately $1.5 million was recognized for advisory retainer fees. The minimum guaranteed retainer fees was approximately $8.5 million as of March 31, 2013 and the expense recognition of these fees could accelerate based on certain conditions.

The Company also had a cash settlement liability award, or the Liability Award, outstanding as of March 31, 2013, which is tied to the Company’s stock price and which only vests if certain conditions are met relating to the above matter. The fair value of the Liability Award will be revalued each quarter until settlement and the Company will recognize and adjust the expense over the expected requisite service period. The expense recognized

 

19


Table of Contents

during the three months ended March 31, 2013, relating to the Liability Award was approximately $1.0 million, and is included in the approximately $9.5 million expense described above. The remaining unrecognized expense relating to the Liability Award was approximately $4.0 million as of March 31, 2013, based on the fair value of the Liability Award as of that date. The recognition of the unrecognized expense relating to the Liability Award could accelerate and change based on certain conditions.

14. Subsequent Events

On April 8, 2013, KPMG LLP, or KPMG, notified the Company that KPMG was resigning, effective immediately, as the Company’s independent accountant. KPMG stated it had concluded it was not independent because of alleged insider trading in the Company’s securities by one of KPMG’s former partners who, until April 5, 2013, was the KPMG engagement partner on the Company’s audit. KPMG advised the Company it resigned as the Company’s independent accountant solely due to the impairment of KPMG’s independence resulting from its now former partner’s alleged unlawful activities and not for any reason related to the Company’s financial statements, its accounting practices, the integrity of the Company’s management or for any other reason.

As a result of the alleged insider trading activity by its now former partner and KPMG’s resulting resignation on April 8, 2013, KPMG notified the Company its independence has been impaired and had no option but to withdraw its audit reports on the Company’s financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and that such reports should no longer be relied upon as a result of KPMG’s lack of independence created by the circumstances described above. The Company’s Audit Committee and management continue to believe that the Company’s financial statements covering the referenced periods fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company as of the end of and for the referenced periods and may continue to be relied upon and that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective during these periods.

While the Company has not engaged a new independent accounting firm, it has begun a search process to identify KPMG’s successor. The Company will disclose its engagement of a new independent accounting firm once the process has been completed as required by SEC rules.

On April 29, 2013, the Company announced that its board of directors approved a cash dividend of $0.30 per common share, payable on May 28, 2013 to shareholders of record as of May 14, 2013.

 

20


Table of Contents

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We are a leading global nutrition company that sells weight management products, nutritional supplements, energy, sports & fitness products and personal care products utilizing network marketing distribution. As of March 31, 2013, we sold our products to and through a network of 3.6 million distributors, which include approximately 0.2 million China sales representatives, sales officers, and independent service providers, many of whom are simply discount customers. In China, we currently sell our products through retail stores, sales representatives, sales officers and independent service providers. We pursue our mission of “changing people’s lives” by providing high quality, science-based products to distributors and their customers who seek a healthy lifestyle and we also offer a financially rewarding business opportunity to those distributors who seek part time or full time income. We believe the global obesity epidemic has made our quality products more relevant and the effectiveness of our distribution network, coupled with geographic expansion, have been the primary reasons for our success throughout our 33-year operating history. As of March 31, 2013, we sold our products in 88 countries.

Our products are grouped in four principal categories: weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness and Outer Nutrition, along with literature and promotional items. Our products are often sold through a series of related products and literature designed to simplify weight management and nutrition for consumers and maximize our distributors’ cross-selling opportunities.

Industry-wide factors that affect us and our competitors include the global obesity epidemic and the aging of the worldwide population, which are driving demand for weight management, nutrition and wellness-related products along with the global increase in under employment and unemployment which can affect the recruitment and retention of distributors seeking part time or full time income opportunities.

While we continue to monitor the current global financial environment, we remain focused on the opportunities and challenges in retailing of our products, recruiting and retaining distributors, improving distributor productivity, opening new markets, further penetrating existing markets, globalizing successful Distributor Methods of Operation, or DMOs, such as Nutrition Clubs and Weight Loss Challenges, introducing new products and globalizing existing products, developing niche market segments and further investing in our infrastructure. Management also continues to monitor the Venezuelan market and especially the limited ability to repatriate cash.

We report revenue from our six regions:

 

   

North America;

 

   

Mexico;

 

   

South and Central America;

 

   

EMEA, which consists of Europe, the Middle East and Africa;

 

   

Asia Pacific (excluding China); and

 

   

China.

Volume Points by Geographic Region

A key non-financial measure we focus on is Volume Points on a Royalty Basis, or Volume Points, which is essentially our weighted average measure of product sales volume. Volume Points, which are unaffected by exchange rates or price changes, are used by management as a proxy for sales trends because in general, an increase in Volume Points in a particular geographic region or country indicates an increase in our local currency net sales while a decrease in Volume Points in a particular geographic region or country indicates a decrease in our local currency net sales.

We assign a Volume Point value to a product when it is first introduced into a market and the value is unaffected by subsequent exchange rate and price changes. The specific number of Volume Points assigned to a product, generally consistent across all markets, is based on a Volume Point to suggested retail price ratio for similar products. If a product is available in different quantities then the various sizes will have different Volume Point values. In general, once assigned, a Volume Point value is consistent in each region and country and does not change from year to year. The reason Volume Points are used in the manner described above is that we use Volume Points for distributor qualification and recognition purposes and therefore we attempt to keep Volume Points for a similar or like product consistent on a global basis. However, because Volume Points are a function of value rather than product type or size, they are not a reliable measure for product mix. As an example, an increase in Volume Points in a specific country or region could mean a significant increase in sales of less expensive products or a marginal increase in sales of more expensive products.

 

21


Table of Contents
     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2013      2012      % Change  
     (Volume points in millions)  

North America

     309.0         298.4         3.6

Mexico

     206.3         191.4         7.8

South & Central America

     219.8         164.7         33.5

EMEA

     161.3         145.9         10.6

Asia Pacific (excluding China)

     320.0         273.8         16.9

China

     47.6         40.9         16.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Worldwide

     1,264.0         1,115.1         13.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

Average Active Sales Leaders by Geographic Region

With the continued expansion of daily consumption DMOs in our different markets, we believe the Average Active Sales Leader is a useful metric. It represents the monthly average number of sales leaders that place an order, including orders of their non-sales leaders downline, during a given period. We rely on this metric as an indication of the engagement level of sales leaders in a given region. Changes in the Average Active Sales Leader metric may be indicative of the current momentum in a region as well as the potential for changes in the annual retention levels and future sales growth rate through utilization of daily consumption DMOs.

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2013      2012      % Change  

North America

     68,352         62,532         9.3

Mexico

     60,216         52,674         14.3

South & Central America

     52,049         40,614         28.2

EMEA

     46,094         41,332         11.5

Asia Pacific (excluding China)

     68,690         55,706         23.3

China

     11,864         9,531         24.5

Worldwide(1)

     296,916         252,321         17.7

 

 

(1) Worldwide average active sales leaders may not equal the sum of the average active sales leaders in each region due to the calculation being an average of sales leaders active in a period, not a summation, and the fact that some sales leaders are active in more than one region but are counted only once in the worldwide amount.

Number of Sales Leaders and Retention Rates by Geographic Region as of Re-qualification Period

Our compensation system requires each sales leader to re-qualify for such status each year, prior to February, in order to maintain their 50% discount on products and be eligible to receive royalty payments. In February of each year, we demote from the rank of sales leader those distributors who did not satisfy the re-qualification requirements during the preceding twelve months. The re-qualification requirement does not apply to new sales leaders (i.e. those who became sales leaders subsequent to the January re-qualification of the prior year).

 

 

Sales Leaders Statistics (Excluding China)

   2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

January 1 total sales leaders

     583.1        501.3   

January & February new sales leaders

     37.1        34.8   

Demoted sales leaders (did not re-qualify)

     (182.8     (151.3

Other sales leaders (resigned, etc)

     (1.3     (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of February total sales leaders

     436.1        384.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

22


Table of Contents

The distributor statistics below further highlight the calculation for retention.

 

Sales Leaders Retention (Excluding China)

   2013     2012  
     (In thousands)  

Sales leaders needed to re-qualify

     379.6        314.9   

Demoted sales leaders (did not re-qualify)

     (182.8     (151.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total re-qualified

     196.8        163.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retention rate

     51.8     52.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below reflects the number of sales leaders as of the end of February of the year indicated (subsequent to the annual re-qualification date) and sales leader retention rate by year and by region.

 

     Number of Sales Leaders      Sales Leaders Retention Rate  
     2013      2012      2013     2012  

North America

     86,469         79,150         54.7     51.1

Mexico

     78,453         67,959         57.6     59.2

South & Central America

     79,351         65,653         53.6     55.7

EMEA

     57,071         55,121         60.7     61.5

Asia Pacific (excluding China)

     134,714         116,158         40.1     40.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total Sales Leaders

     436,058         384,041         51.8     52.0

China

     30,304         26,262        
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Worldwide Total Sales Leaders

     466,362         410,303        
  

 

 

    

 

 

      

Sales leaders purchase most of our products for resale to other distributors and consumers. The number of sales leaders by geographic region as of the quarterly reporting dates will normally be higher than the number of sales leaders by geographic region as of the re-qualification period because sales leaders who do not re-qualify during the relevant twelve-month period will be removed from the rank of sales leader the following February. Comparisons of sales leader totals on a year-to-year basis are indicators of our recruitment and retention efforts in different geographic regions.

We provide distributors with products, support materials, training, special events and a competitive compensation program. If a distributor wants to pursue the Herbalife business opportunity, the distributor is responsible for growing his or her business and personally pays for the sales activities related to attracting new customers and recruiting distributors by hosting events such as Herbalife Opportunity Meetings or Success Training Seminars; by advertising Herbalife’s products; by purchasing and using promotional materials such as t-shirts, buttons and caps; by utilizing and paying for direct mail and print material such as brochures, flyers, catalogs, business cards, posters and banners and telephone book listings; by purchasing inventory for sale or use as samples; and by training, mentoring and following up (in person or via the phone or internet) with customers and recruits on how to use Herbalife products and/or pursue the Herbalife business opportunity.

Presentation

“Retail sales” represent the suggested retail price of products we sell to our distributors and is the gross sales amount reflected on our invoices. This is not the price paid to us by our distributors. Our distributors purchase product from us at a discount from the suggested retail price. We refer to these discounts as “Distributor Allowance”, and we refer to retail sales less distributor allowances as “Product Sales” .

Total distributor allowances are a fixed percentage of approximately 50% of suggested retail sales prices. Distributor allowances as a percentage of retail sales may vary by country depending upon regulatory restrictions that limit or otherwise restrict distributor allowances. We also offer reduced distributor allowances with respect to certain products worldwide. Each distributor’s level of discount is determined by qualification based on volume of purchases. In cases where a distributor has qualified for less than the maximum discount, the remaining discount is received by their sponsoring distributors. Therefore, product sales are recognized net of product returns and distributor allowances. See Critical Accounting Policies below for further discussion of product returns and distributor allowances.

“Net Sales” equal product sales plus “shipping and handling revenues” , and generally represents what we collect.

We do not have visibility to all of the sales from our independent distributors to their customers, but such a figure would differ from our reported “retail sales” by factors including (a) the amount of product purchased by our distributors for their own personal consumption and (b) prices charged by our distributors to their customers other than our suggested retail prices. We discuss retail sales because of its fundamental role in our systems, internal controls and operations, including its role as the basis upon which distributor

 

23


Table of Contents

discounts, royalties and bonuses are awarded. In addition, it is used as the basis for certain information included in daily and monthly reports reviewed by our management. However, such a measure is not in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. Retail sales should not be considered in isolation from, nor as a substitute for, net sales and other consolidated income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. A reconciliation of retail sales to net sales is presented below under Results of Operations .

Our international operations have provided and will continue to provide a significant portion of our total net sales. As a result, total net sales will continue to be affected by fluctuations in the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. In order to provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed excluding the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, in addition to comparing the percent change in net sales from one period to another in U.S. dollars, we also compare the percent change in net sales from one period to another period using “ net sales in local currency” disclosure. Net sales in local currency is not a U.S. GAAP financial measure. Net sales in local currency removes from net sales in U.S. dollars the impact of changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the functional currencies of our foreign subsidiaries, by translating the current period net sales into U.S. dollars using the same foreign currency exchange rates that were used to translate the net sales for the previous comparable period. We believe presenting net sales in local currency is useful to investors because it allows a meaningful comparison of net sales of our foreign operations from period to period. However, net sales in local currency measures should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net sales in U.S. dollars measures that reflect current period exchange rates, or to other financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Our “gross profit” consists of net sales less “cost of sales,” which represents our manufacturing costs, the price we pay to our raw material suppliers and manufacturers of our products as well as shipping and handling costs related to product shipments, duties and tariffs, freight expenses relating to shipment of products to distributors and importers and similar expenses.

While all distributors can potentially profit from their activities by reselling our products for amounts greater than the prices they pay us, distributors that develop, retain, and manage other distributors can earn additional compensation for those activities, which we refer to as “Royalty overrides.” Royalty overrides are our most significant operating expense and consist of:

 

   

royalty overrides and production bonuses which total approximately 15% and 7%, respectively, of the retail sales of weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, Outer Nutrition and promotional products;

 

   

the Mark Hughes bonus payable to some of our most senior distributors in the aggregate amount of up to 1% of retail sales of weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, Outer Nutrition and promotional products; and

 

   

other discretionary incentive cash bonuses to qualifying distributors.

Royalty overrides are generally earned based on retail sales and provide potential earnings to distributors of up to 23% of retail sales or approximately 33% of our net sales. Royalty overrides are compensation to distributors for the development, retention and improved productivity of their sales organizations and are paid to several levels of distributors on each sale. Royalty overrides are compensation for services rendered to the Company and as such are recorded as an operating expense.

Due to restrictions on direct selling in China, our independent service providers in China are compensated with service fees instead of the distributor allowances and royalty overrides utilized in our traditional marketing program. Compensation to China independent service providers is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Because of local country regulatory constraints, we may be required to modify our distributor incentive plans as described above. We also pay reduced royalty overrides with respect to certain products worldwide. Consequently, the total royalty override percentage may vary over time and from the percentages noted above.

Royalty overrides together with distributor allowances of up to 50% of suggested retail sales prices represent the potential earnings to our distributors of up to approximately 73% of retail sales.

Our “contribution margins” consist of net sales less cost of sales and royalty overrides.

“Selling, general and administrative expenses” represent our operating expenses, which include labor and benefits, sales events, professional fees, travel and entertainment, distributor promotions, occupancy costs, communication costs, bank fees, depreciation and amortization, foreign exchange gains and losses and other miscellaneous operating expenses.

Most of our sales to distributors outside the United States are made in the respective local currencies. In preparing our financial statements, we translate revenues into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates. Additionally, the majority of our purchases from our suppliers generally are made in U.S. dollars. Consequently, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative impact on our reported sales and contribution margins and can generate transaction losses on intercompany transactions. Foreign currency exchange rates can fluctuate significantly. From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to partially mitigate our foreign currency exchange risk as discussed in further detail in Part I, Item 3 — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .

 

24


Table of Contents

Summary Financial Results

Net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased 16.5% to $1,123.6 million as compared to $964.2 million for the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased 17.5% as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in net sales was primarily due to the continued successful adoption and operation of daily consumption DMOs; increased distributor engagement and an increase in average active sales leaders; branding activities and increased distributor recruiting.

Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased 9.9% to $118.9 million, or $1.10 per diluted share, as compared to $108.2 million, or $0.88 per diluted share, for the same period in 2012. The increase for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily due to higher contribution margin driven by the sales growth discussed above partially offset by higher selling, general and administrative expenses to support the growth of our business and higher interest expense.

Net income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 included a $15.1 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($10.5 million post-tax) related to the Venezuela Bolivar devaluation (See Liquidity and Capital Resources — Working Capital and Operating Activities below for further discussion of currency exchange rate issues in Venezuela) and an approximately $9.5 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($8.0 million post-tax) related to legal, advisory services and other expenses for the Company’s response to allegations and other negative information put forward in the marketplace by a hedge fund manager which started in late 2012 (See Selling, General and Administrative Expenses below for further discussion). The income tax impact of the expenses discussed above is based on forecasted items affecting the Company’s 2013 full year effective tax rate. Adjustments to forecasted items unrelated to these expenses may have an effect on the income tax impact of these items in subsequent periods.

Results of Operations

Our results of operations for the periods below are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for the full year or future periods, which depend upon numerous factors, including our ability to recruit new distributors and retain existing distributors, open new markets, further penetrate existing markets, introduce new products and programs that will help our distributors increase their retail efforts and develop niche market segments.

The following table sets forth selected results of our operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     March 31,
2013
    March 31,
2012
 

Operations:

    

Net sales

     100.0     100.0

Cost of sales

     20.1        20.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     79.9        79.7   

Royalty overrides(1)

     32.4        32.9   

Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)

     32.5        30.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     15.0        16.0   

Interest expense, net

     0.4        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     14.6        15.8   

Income taxes

     4.0        4.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     10.6     11.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Service fees to our independent service providers in China are included in selling, general and administrative expenses while distributor compensation for all other countries is included in royalty overrides.

 

25


Table of Contents

Net Sales

The following chart reconciles retail sales to net sales:

Sales by Geographic Region

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2013      2012  
     Retail
Sales
     Distributor
Allowance
    Product
Sales
     Shipping &
Handling
Revenues
     Net
Sales
     Retail
Sales
     Distributor
Allowance
    Product
Sales
     Shipping &
Handling
Revenues
     Net
Sales
     Change in
Net Sales
 
                                       (In millions)                                    

North America

   $ 350.0       $ (166.7   $ 183.3       $ 38.2       $ 221.5       $ 333.3       $ (158.2   $ 175.1       $ 35.6       $ 210.7         5.1

Mexico

     215.0         (105.1     109.9         23.0         132.9         189.3         (92.4     96.9         20.2         117.1         13.5

South & Central America

     343.3         (161.5     181.8         37.6         219.4         272.3         (130.1     142.2         23.3         165.5         32.6

EMEA

     274.7         (132.5     142.2         27.3         169.5         248.8         (120.0     128.8         25.2         154.0         10.1

Asia Pacific

     486.4         (220.4     266.0         45.8         311.8         406.1         (184.3     221.8         38.2         260.0         19.9

China

     79.7         (11.3     68.4         0.1         68.5         67.3         (10.4     56.9         —          56.9         20.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Worldwide

   $ 1,749.1       $ (797.5   $ 951.6       $ 172.0       $ 1,123.6       $ 1,517.1       $ (695.4   $ 821.7       $ 142.5       $ 964.2         16.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Changes in net sales are directly associated with the recruiting and retention of our distributor force, retailing of our products, the quality and completeness of our product offerings that the distributor force has to sell and the number of countries in which we operate. Management’s role, both in-country and at the region and corporate level, is to provide distributors with a competitive and broad product line, encourage strong teamwork and distributor leadership and offer leading edge business tools and technology services to make doing business with Herbalife simple. Management uses the distributor marketing program coupled with educational and motivational tools and promotions to encourage distributors to increase recruiting, retention and retailing, which in turn affect net sales. Such tools include Company sponsored sales events such as Extravaganzas, Leadership Development Weekends and World Team Schools where large groups of distributors gather, thus allowing them to network with other distributors, learn recruiting, retention and retailing techniques from our leading distributors and become more familiar with how to market and sell our products and business opportunities. Accordingly, management believes that these development and motivation programs increase the productivity of the sales leader network. The expenses for such programs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. Sales are driven by several factors, including the number and productivity of distributors and sales leaders who continually build, educate and motivate their respective distribution and sales organizations. We also use event and non-event product promotions to motivate distributors to increase recruiting, retention and retailing activities. These promotions have prizes ranging from qualifying for events to product prizes and vacations. The costs of these promotions are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

The factors described above have helped distributors increase their business, which in turn helps drive Volume Point growth in our business, and thus, net sales growth. The discussion below of net sales by geographic region further details some of the specific drivers of growth of our business and causes of sales fluctuations during the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012, as well as the unique growth or contraction factors specific to certain geographic regions or significant countries within a region during these periods. We believe that the correct business foundation, coupled with ongoing training and promotional initiatives, is required to increase recruiting and retention of distributors and retailing of our products. The correct business foundation includes strong country management that works closely with the distributor leadership, actively engaged and unified distributor leadership, a broad product line that appeals to local consumer needs, a favorable regulatory environment, a scalable and stable technology platform and an attractive distributor marketing plan. Initiatives, such as Success Training Seminars, Leadership Development Weekends, Promotional Events and regional Extravaganzas are integral components of developing a highly motivated and educated distributor sales organization that will work toward increasing the recruitment and retention of distributors.

We anticipate that our strategy will continue to include creating and maintaining growth within existing markets while expanding into new markets. In addition, new ideas and DMOs are being generated in many of our markets and are globalized where applicable through the combined efforts of distributors, country management or regional and corporate management. While we support a number of different DMOs, one of the more popular DMOs is the daily consumption DMO. Under our traditional DMO, a distributor typically sells to its customers on a somewhat infrequent basis (e.g., monthly) which provides fewer opportunities for interaction with their customers. Under a daily consumption DMO, a distributor interacts with its customers on a more frequent basis which enables the distributor to better educate and advise customers about nutrition and the proper use of the products and helps promote daily usage as well, thereby helping the distributor grow his or her business. Specific examples of DMOs include the Club concept in Mexico, Premium Herbalife Opportunity Meetings in Korea, the Healthy Breakfast concept in Russia, and the Internet/Sampling and Weight Loss Challenge in the U.S. Management’s strategy is to review the applicability of expanding successful country initiatives throughout a region, and where appropriate, financially support the globalization of these initiatives.

 

26


Table of Contents

North America

The North America region reported net sales of $221.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net sales increased $10.8 million, or 5.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 5.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The overall increase in net sales in the region was primarily a result of net sales growth in the U.S. of $11.8 million, or 5.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012.

In the U.S. we continue to see success from consistent execution of daily consumption DMOs, especially the Nutrition Club. The U.S. also had a 2% price increase in March 2012 which contributed to the increase in sales. The success of these DMOs has resulted in higher levels of distributor engagement and momentum as reflected by record sales leader retention of 54.7% in 2013 compared to 51.0% in 2012.

Average active sales leaders in the region increased 9.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. Average active sales leaders in the U.S. increased 9.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012.

In February 2013, the region hosted a series of trainings in nine cities with approximately 8,500 attendees.

Mexico

The Mexico region reported net sales of $132.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased $15.8 million, or 13.5%, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased 10.5%, as compared to the same period in 2012. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a favorable impact of $3.5 million on net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

The growth in net sales is primarily the result of increased distributor engagement as well as the continued success of the Nutrition Club DMO. One of the recent growth drivers in Mexico has been the ongoing transition by many distributors from home clubs to commercial clubs, which are able to generate higher volumes of sales through the servicing of more customers and longer operating hours. Mexico also had a 1% price increase in December 2012 and in February 2013 which contributed to the increase in net sales. Sales leader retention in 2013 was 57.6% compared to 59.2% in 2012.

Average active sales leaders in Mexico increased 14.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012.

South and Central America

The South and Central America region reported net sales of $219.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net sales increased $53.9 million, or 32.6%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 40.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $13.0 million unfavorable impact on net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013, which excludes the Venezuela devaluation as discussed below. The increase in net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was due to growth in most of the countries in the region led by Venezuela and Brazil. This growth was primarily driven by the adoption and expansion of the Nutrition Club and other daily consumption DMOs throughout the region.

Net sales in Brazil increased $14.7 million, or 17.6%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 33.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in local currency net sales was primarily the result of the successful ongoing adoption of Nutrition Clubs and other daily consumption DMOs. We also had a price increase of approximately 4.0% in March 2013 which contributed to the increased sales. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $12.9 million unfavorable impact on net sales in Brazil for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Sales leader retention in 2013 was 45.9% compared to 50.3% in 2012.

Net sales in Venezuela increased $27.1 million, or 110.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The overall sales growth was primarily due to increased distributor engagement and growth in the Nutrition Club DMO. We also had price increases of 15% in December 2012 which contributed to the increase in sales. The rate for which we remeasure sales in Venezuela was officially devalued from 5.3 Venezuelan Bolivars to U.S. dollar to 6.3 Venezuelan Bolivars to U.S. dollar during February 2013, and had a $6.1 million unfavorable impact on net sales in Venezuela for the three months ended March 31, 2013. See Liquidity and Capital Resources — Working Capital and Operating Activities below for further discussion of currency exchange rate issues in Venezuela. Sales leader retention in 2013 was 68.9% compared to 55.8% in 2012.

Average active sales leaders in the region increased 28.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012.

In February 2013, the region hosted a regional Extravaganza in Bogota, Colombia with approximately 20,200 attendees.

 

27


Table of Contents

EMEA

The EMEA region reported net sales of $169.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net sales increased $15.5 million, or 10.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 10.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had virtually no impact on net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily driven by net sales growth in Russia, United Kingdom and Spain.

Net sales in Russia increased $6.1 million, or 27.8%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 29.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in Russia was driven by the ongoing adoption of the Commercial Nutrition Club, additional sales centers which have increased access to our products and improving brand image including the sponsorship of FC Spartak Moscow football club. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $0.2 million unfavorable impact on net sales in Russia for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Sales leader retention for 2013 was 75.8% compared to 76.8% in 2012.

Net sales in Italy decreased $0.5 million, or 1.9%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales decreased 2.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. Management believes that the market may be beginning to embrace daily consumption DMOs which generally cause short to medium term declines in the business. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $0.2 million favorable impact on net sales in Italy for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Sales leader retention for 2013 was 57.0% compared to 57.1% in 2012.

Net sales in Spain increased $2.0 million, or 16.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales in Spain increased 15.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in Spain was mainly due to the positive effect of increased distributor engagement and recruitment which was aided by our sponsorship of FC Barcelona. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a $0.2 million favorable impact on net sales in Spain for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Sales leader retention for 2013 was 64.4% compared to 68.9% in 2012.

Average active sales leaders in the region increased 11.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012.

Asia Pacific

The Asia Pacific region, which excludes China, reported net sales of $311.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net sales increased $51.8 million, or 19.9%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 20.1% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $0.4 million on net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The increase in net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 reflected growth in almost all the countries in the region led by South Korea, Indonesia and Malaysia.

Net sales in South Korea increased $16.9 million, or 18.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 13.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in net sales was primarily driven by the successful adoption and operation of the Nutrition Club and other daily consumption DMOs along with the Mega and Premium Herbalife Opportunity Meetings. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a favorable impact on net sales of $4.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Sales leader retention in 2013 was 34.6% compared to 36.3% in 2012.

Net sales in India increased $4.9 million, or 14.0%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 22.9% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 was primarily driven by increased product access and the successful adoption of the daily consumption DMOs, especially the Nutrition Club. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact on net sales of $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Sales leader retention in 2013 was 27.5% compared to 34.6% in 2012.

Net sales in Taiwan increased $5.5 million, or 15.9%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 14.7% for the three months ended March 31, as compared to the same period in 2012. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a favorable impact on net sales of $0.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. The improvement in year-over-year sales growth is an indication that the strategic steps taken to address distributor business training practices around Nutrition Clubs since fourth quarter 2010 are proving successful. Sales leader retention in 2013 was 52.4% compared to 44.1% in 2012.

 

28


Table of Contents

Net sales in Malaysia increased $9.7 million, or 35.1%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 36.2% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in net sales was primarily driven by the continued success of the Road Show DMO and Mega Herbalife Opportunity Meetings which generated positive distributor momentum. Also contributing to growth for the period was increased activity in Nutrition Clubs. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact on net sales of $0.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Sales leader retention in 2013 was 51.7% compared to 42.9% in 2012.

Net sales in Indonesia increased $11.8 million, or 57.0%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 68.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The primary catalyst driving the sales increase in Indonesia was the growth in Nutrition Clubs. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact on net sales of $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Sales leader retention in 2013 was 52.4% compared to 51.8% in 2012.

Average active sales leaders in the region increased 23.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012.

China

Net sales in China were $68.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013. Net sales increased $11.6 million, or 20.4%, for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. In local currency, net sales increased 18.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. The increase in net sales was driven by the continuing adoption and acculturation of daily consumption DMOs. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a favorable impact of $0.9 million on net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013.

The current focus in China is to expand the Nutrition Club DMO to enhance the emphasis on daily consumption DMOs. We believe that the Nutrition Club concept continues to gain traction. While we believe the Nutrition Club DMO has potential to expand throughout China, this process will most likely build gradually over the next few years.

Average active sales leaders in China increased 24.5% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012. We believe that the increase in distributor engagement as reflected in the average active sales leader numbers is indicative of the market transitioning to daily consumption DMOs.

As of March 31, 2013, we were operating in 67 retail stores in 29 provinces in China. As of March 31, 2013, we had direct selling licenses to 24 out of the 29 provinces in which we were operating. We continue to seek additional provincial licenses where appropriate.

Sales by Product Category

 

 

    Three Months Ended March 31,  
    2013     2012  
    Retail
Sales
    Distributor
Allowance
    Product
Sales
    Shipping &
Handling
Revenues
    Net
Sales
    Retail
Sales
    Distributor
Allowance
    Product
Sales
    Shipping &
Handling
Revenues
    Net
Sales
    % Change in
Net Sales
 
    (In millions)  

Weight Management

  $ 1,135.0      $ (534.9   $ 600.1      $ 111.5      $ 711.6      $ 971.7      $ (461.1   $ 510.6      $ 91.2      $ 601.8        18.2

Targeted Nutrition

    409.5        (193.0     216.5        40.4        256.9        363.0        (172.2     190.8        34.1        224.9        14.2

Energy, Sports and Fitness

    93.0        (43.8     49.2        9.1        58.3        77.7        (36.9     40.8        7.3        48.1        21.2

Outer Nutrition

    60.9        (28.7     32.2        6.0        38.2        59.2        (28.1     31.1        5.6        36.7        4.1

Literature, Promotional and Other

    50.7        2.9        53.6        5.0        58.6        45.5        2.9        48.4        4.3        52.7        11.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total

  $ 1,749.1      $ (797.5   $ 951.6      $ 172.0      $ 1,123.6      $ 1,517.1      $ (695.4   $ 821.7      $ 142.5      $ 964.2        16.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net sales for all product categories increased for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012. The growth factors described in the above discussions of the individual geographic regions apply generally to all product categories.

Gross Profit

Gross profit was $897.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $768.0 million for the same period in 2012. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased to 79.9% as compared to 79.7% for the same period in 2012, or a favorable net increase of 20 basis points. The net 20 basis point increase for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012, was primarily due to retail price increases and net product cost savings offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations and inventory write-downs.

 

29


Table of Contents

Royalty Overrides

Royalty overrides were $364.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $317.5 million for the same period in 2012. Royalty overrides as a percentage of net sales was 32.4% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to 32.9% for the same period in 2012. Generally, this ratio varies slightly from period to period due to changes in the mix of products and countries because full royalty overrides are not paid on certain products and in certain countries. Compensation to our independent service providers in China is included in selling, general and administrative expenses as opposed to royalty overrides where it is included for all other distributors under our worldwide marketing plan. We anticipate fluctuations in royalty overrides as a percentage of net sales reflecting the growth prospect of our China business relative to that of our worldwide business.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $364.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $296.4 million for the same period in 2012. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales were 32.5% and 30.8% for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2013 included $13.8 million in higher salaries, bonuses and benefits; $11.9 million in higher professional fees, excluding China independent service providers, and including approximately $8.4 million of legal and advisory service fees associated with our response to allegations and other negative information put forward by a hedge fund manager; higher variable expenses related to sales growth including $12.2 million in higher distributor promotion, event costs, and advertising expense; $5.6 million in higher expenses related to China independent service providers; $4.2 million in higher non-income tax expenses such as value added tax and sales tax and $6.6 million in higher net foreign exchange loss, which included a $15.1 million net foreign exchange loss related to the remeasurement of the Company’s bolivar denominated monetary assets and liabilities resulting from the Venezuela Bolivar devaluation (See Liquidity and Capital Resources — Working Capital and Operating Activities , for further discussion of currency exchange rate issues in Venezuela).

In late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of the Company’s network marketing program and announced that the hedge fund manager had taken a significant short position regarding our common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and significant stock price volatility. We have engaged legal and advisory services firms to assist with responding to the allegations and to perform other related services in connection to these recent events. For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we recorded approximately $9.5 million of expenses related to this matter, which includes approximately $8.4 million of legal and advisory service fees. We expect to continue to incur expenses related to this matter over the next several periods and the expenses are expected to vary from period to period.

Net Interest Expense

Net interest expense is as follows:

 

 

     Three Months Ended  

Net Interest Expense

   March 31,
2013
    March 31,
2012
 
     (In millions)  

Interest expense

   $ 6.8      $ 2.9   

Interest income

     (1.4     (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest expense

   $ 5.4      $ 1.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The increase in net interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012, was primarily due to higher outstanding balances on our Credit Facility discussed below.

Income Taxes

Income taxes were $44.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to $44.6 million for the same period in 2012. The effective income tax rate was 27.3% for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to 29.2% for the same period in 2012. The decrease in the effective tax rate for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as compared to the same period in 2012, was primarily due to an increase of net benefits from discrete events and the impact of changes in the geographic mix of the Company’s income.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have historically met our working capital and capital expenditure requirements, including funding for expansion of operations, through net cash flows provided by operating activities. Variations in sales of our products would directly affect the availability of funds. There are no material contractual restrictions on the ability to transfer and remit funds among our international affiliated companies. However, there are foreign currency restrictions in certain countries, such as Venezuela as discussed below, which could reduce our ability to timely obtain U.S. dollars. Even with these restrictions, we believe we will have sufficient resources, including cash flow from operating activities, to meet debt service obligations in a timely manner and be able to continue to meet our objectives.

 

30


Table of Contents

Our existing debt has not resulted from the need to fund our normal operations, but instead has effectively resulted from our share repurchase and dividend activities over recent years, which together, since the inception of these programs in 2007, amounted to approximately $2.2 billion. While a significant net sales decline could potentially affect the availability of funds, many of our largest expenses are variable in nature, which we believe protects our funding in all but a dramatic net sales downturn. Further, as discussed in greater detail below, we maintain the Credit Facility, executed on March 9, 2011 and amended on July 26, 2012, which had $195.2 million of undrawn capacity as of March 31, 2013. As discussed further below, on July 26, 2012, we amended the Credit Facility and entered into a $500.0 million term loan with a syndicate of financial institutions which matures in March 2016, or the Term Loan.

We utilized the majority of the proceeds from the Term Loan to pay down our outstanding balance on our revolving credit facility, which then provided us with additional undrawn capacity. This available undrawn capacity, in addition to cash flow from operations, can be used to support general corporate purposes, including, our future share repurchase programs, dividends, and strategic investment opportunities.

We also have a cash pooling arrangement with a financial institution for cash management purposes. This cash pooling arrangement allows certain of our participating subsidiaries to withdraw cash from this financial institution based upon our aggregate cash deposits held by subsidiaries who participate in the cash pooling arrangement. As of March 31, 2013, the US dollar amount outstanding under the pooling arrangement was $0.2 million. We did not owe any amounts to this financial institution under the pooling arrangement as of December 31, 2012.

For the three months ended March 31, 2013, we generated $137.6 million of operating cash flow, as compared to $120.4 million for the same period in 2012. The increase in cash generated from operations was primarily due to an increase in operating income of $14.8 million driven by a 16.5% growth in net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 as compared to the same period in 2012.

Capital expenditures, including capital leases, for each of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were $24.9 million. The majority of these expenditures represented investments in management information systems, initiatives to develop web-based distributor tools, and the expansion of our warehouse, sales centers and manufacturing facilities domestically and internationally. We expect to incur total capital expenditures of approximately $165 million to $185 million for the full year of 2013, which includes capital expenditures associated with the Winston-Salem, North Carolina facility that was acquired during December 2012.

In March 2013, Herbalife hosted its annual global Herbalife Summit event in Paris, France where President Team members from around the world met and shared best practices, conducted leadership training and Herbalife management awarded distributors $61.7 million of Mark Hughes bonus payments related to 2012 performance.

On March 9, 2011, we entered into a $700 million senior secured revolving credit facility, or the Credit Facility, with a syndicate of financial institutions as lenders and terminated our prior senior secured credit facility, or the Prior Credit Facility. The Credit Facility has a five year maturity and expires on March 9, 2016. Based on our consolidated leverage ratio, U.S. dollar borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at either LIBOR plus the applicable margin between 1.50% and 2.50% or the base rate plus the applicable margin between 0.50% and 1.50%. The base rate under the Credit Facility represents the highest of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%, and the prime rate offered by Bank of America. We, based on our consolidated leverage ratio, pay a commitment fee between 0.25% and 0.50% per annum on the unused portion of the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility also permits us to borrow limited amounts in Mexican Peso and Euro currencies based on variable rates.

In March 2011, we used $196.0 million in U.S. dollar borrowings under the Credit Facility to repay all amounts outstanding under the Prior Credit Facility. We incurred approximately $5.7 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the Credit Facility. These debt issuance costs were recorded as deferred financing costs on our consolidated balance sheet and are being amortized over the term of the Credit Facility.

On July 26, 2012, we amended the Credit Facility to include the Term Loan. The Term Loan is a part of the Credit Facility and is in addition to our current revolving credit facility. The Term Loan matures on March 9, 2016. We will make regular scheduled payments for the Term Loan consisting of both principal and interest components. Based on our consolidated leverage ratio, the Term Loan bears interest at either LIBOR plus the applicable margin between 1.50% and 2.50% or the base rate plus the applicable margin between 0.50% and 1.50%, which are the same terms as our revolving credit facility.

In July 2012, we used all $500.0 million of the borrowings under the Term Loan to pay down amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility. We incurred approximately $4.5 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the Term Loan. The debt issuance costs are recorded as deferred financing costs on our consolidated balance sheet and will be amortized over the life of the Term Loan. On March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the weighted average interest rate for borrowings under the Credit Facility, including borrowings under the Term Loan, was 1.94% and 1.96%, respectively.

 

31


Table of Contents

The Credit Facility requires us to comply with a leverage ratio and a coverage ratio. In addition, the Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict our ability to incur liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, pay dividends, repurchase our common shares, merge or consolidate and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we were in compliance with the debt covenants under the Credit Facility.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we borrowed $513.0 million and paid a total of $25.5 million under the Credit Facility. Our borrowings primarily related to the $162.4 million in repurchases of our common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2013. The remaining outstanding borrowings have generated an increase in our cash and cash equivalents, which provides us with greater flexibility to execute strategic initiatives and to be opportunistically responsive to future events. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the U.S. dollar amount outstanding under the Credit Facility was $975.0 million and $487.5 million, respectively. Of the $975.0 million U.S. dollar amount outstanding under the Credit Facility as of March 31, 2013, $475.0 million was outstanding on the Term Loan and $500.0 million was outstanding on the revolving credit facility. The $487.5 million U.S. dollar amount outstanding under the Credit Facility as of December 31, 2012, related to the Term Loan and there were no amounts outstanding on the revolving credit facility. There were no outstanding foreign currency borrowings as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 under the Credit Facility.

We use our revolving credit facility to manage normal variations in cash created by significant cash items such as taxes, dividends, share repurchases, capital expenditures and other large cash flow items. Our revolving credit facility provides us with the ability to access significant funds on a timely basis and then repay the outstanding balances as cash from operations becomes available to us.

As discussed further in Note 14, Subsequent Events , to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, our independent accounting firm, KPMG, resigned and has withdrawn their audit opinions for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. Although our Credit Facility is currently not impacted, there is a possibility that this may impact our ability to obtain additional financing, if needed, from additional banks as audited financial statements are generally required in order to obtain additional financing. We believe we will have adequate cash flows from operations and continue to have access to our Credit Facility in order to continue executing our current business objectives. We are assessing the current situation and are taking the necessary actions in order to engage a new independent accounting firm.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

Dividends

The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors, including our earnings, financial condition, restrictions imposed by the Credit Facility and the terms of any other indebtedness that may be outstanding, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. The Credit Facility permits payments of dividends as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded.

On February 19, 2013, we announced that our board of directors approved a cash dividend of $0.30 per common share in an aggregate amount of $30.9 million that was paid to shareholders on March 19, 2013. The aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were $30.9 million and $35.2 million, respectively.

Share Repurchases

On July 30, 2012, we announced that our board of directors authorized a new $1 billion share repurchase program that will expire on June 30, 2017. This share repurchase program allows us to repurchase our common shares, at such times and prices as determined by our management as market conditions warrant, and to the extent Herbalife Ltd.’s distributable reserves are available under Cayman Islands law. The Credit Facility permits us to repurchase our common shares as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we repurchased approximately 4.0 million of our common shares through open market purchases at an aggregate cost of approximately $162.4 million or an average cost of $40.61 per share. As of March 31, 2013, the remaining authorized capacity under our share repurchase program was $787.6 million.

Working Capital and Operating Activities

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had positive working capital of $649.1 million and $247.0 million, respectively, or an increase of $402.1 million. This increase was primarily related to the increase in our cash and cash equivalents, decreases in our royalty overrides and accrued compensation partially offset by increases in our accrued expenses, income taxes payable and current portion of long-term debt.

 

32


Table of Contents

We expect that cash and funds provided from operations and available borrowings under the Credit Facility will provide sufficient working capital to operate our business, to make expected capital expenditures and to meet foreseeable liquidity requirements, including payment of amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility, for the next twelve months and thereafter.

The majority of our purchases from suppliers are generally made in U.S. dollars, while sales to our distributors generally are made in local currencies. Consequently, strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative impact on net sales and contribution margins and can generate transaction losses on intercompany transactions. For discussion of our foreign exchange contracts and other hedging arrangements, see Part I, Item 3 — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk .

Venezuela

Currency Restrictions

Currency restrictions enacted by the Venezuelan government have become more restrictive and have impacted the ability of our subsidiary in Venezuela, Herbalife Venezuela, to timely obtain U.S. dollars in exchange for Venezuelan Bolivars, or Bolivars, at the official foreign exchange rate from the Venezuelan government and its foreign exchange commission, CADIVI. The application and approval process continue to be delayed and our ability to timely obtain U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate remains uncertain.

In February 2013, the Venezuela government announced that it devalued its Bolivar currency and will eliminate the SITME regulated system. The SITME 5.3 Bolivars per U.S. dollar rate was eliminated and the CADIVI rate has been devalued from 4.3 Bolivars to 6.3 Bolivars per U.S. dollar. This new CADIVI rate is approximately 16% less favorable than the previously published 5.3 SITME rate. We recognized approximately $15.1 million of net foreign exchange losses within our consolidated statement of income for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as a result of remeasuring our Bolivar denominated monetary assets and liabilities at this new CADIVI rate of 6.3 Bolivars per U.S. dollar. The majority of these foreign exchange losses related to the approximately $16.9 million devaluation of Herbalife Venezuela’s Bolivar denominated cash and cash equivalents. In March 2013, the Venezuelan government also announced they will introduce an additional complimentary exchange mechanism known as SICAD. It is currently unknown whether Herbalife Venezuela will be able to access this new exchange mechanism and the Company is currently assessing and monitoring the restrictions and exchange rates relating to this alternative mechanism.

During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we also recognized $0.7 million of foreign exchange losses as a result of exchanging Bolivars for U.S. dollars using alternative legal exchange mechanisms that were approximately 75% less favorable than the new CADIVI rate. During the three months ended March 31, 2013, we have exchanged 5.6 million Bolivars for $0.2 million U.S. dollars using these alternative legal exchange mechanisms. As of March 31, 2013, Herbalife Venezuela’s net monetary assets and liabilities denominated in Bolivars were approximately $89.5 million, and included approximately $102.3 million in Bolivar denominated cash and cash equivalents. The majority of these Bolivar denominated assets and liabilities were remeasured at the CADIVI rate. We remeasure our Bolivars at the official published CADIVI rate given the limited availability of alternative exchange mechanisms and the uncertainty in the effective exchange rate for alternative exchange mechanisms. These remeasured amounts, including cash and cash equivalents, being reported on our condensed consolidated balance sheet using the published CADIVI rate may not accurately represent the amount of U.S. dollars that we could ultimately realize. While we continue to monitor the exchange mechanisms and restrictions under CADIVI, and assess and monitor the current economic and political environment in Venezuela, there is no assurance that we will be able to exchange Bolivars into U.S. dollars on a timely basis.

Consolidation of Herbalife Venezuela

We plan to continue our operation in Venezuela and to import products into Venezuela despite the foreign currency constraints that exist in the country. Herbalife Venezuela will continue to apply for legal exchange mechanisms to convert its Bolivars to U.S. dollars. Despite the currency exchange restrictions in Venezuela, we continue to control Herbalife Venezuela and its operations. Therefore, we continue to consolidate Herbalife Venezuela in our consolidated financial statements.

We plan to utilize the CADIVI rate to the extent allowable under current restrictions in order to exchange Bolivars for U.S. dollars. We also plan to access government, PDVSA bond offerings, SICAD, and other alternative legal exchange mechanisms when they are made available to us. As discussed above, these alternative legal exchange mechanisms could cause us to recognize significant foreign exchange losses if they are less favorable than the CADIVI rate, which could also result in our Bolivar denominated cash and cash equivalents reported on our consolidated balance sheet being significantly reduced. To illustrate our sensitivity to potential future changes in the CADIVI rate or using unfavorable alternative legal exchange mechanisms to exchange Bolivars to U.S. dollars, if the exchange rate was approximately 75% less favorable than the current 6.3 CADIVI rate and this unfavorable exchange rate was used to convert our Bolivar denominated cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2013, our $102.3 million in Bolivar denominated cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2013 would be reduced by $76.5 million and result in a corresponding foreign exchange loss to our operating profit. This 75% less favorable exchange rate is not necessarily representative of exchange rates which could be available to us for future exchanges, but is used for our sensitivity analysis above as it represents the actual weighted average rate that we received when using alternative exchange mechanisms during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

 

33


Table of Contents

If Herbalife Venezuela’s ongoing operations were subject to the 75% less favorable exchange rate, Herbalife Venezuela would operate at a loss and this could have a significant negative impact to our consolidated financial statements. Our ability to access the CADIVI rate could impact what exchange rates will be used for remeasurement purposes in future periods. We continue to assess and monitor the current economic and political environment in Venezuela.

Herbalife Venezuela’s net sales represented approximately 4% and 3% of our consolidated net sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and its total assets represented approximately 6% and 7% of our consolidated total assets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the majority of Herbalife Venezuela’s total assets consisted of Bolivar denominated cash and cash equivalents.

See the 2012 10-K for further information on Herbalife Venezuela and Venezuela’s highly inflationary economy.

Subsequent Events

See Note 14, Subsequent Events, to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for information regarding subsequent events.

Contingencies

See Note 5, Contingencies , to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for information on our contingencies as of March 31, 2013.

Critical Accounting Policies

U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the year. We regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions related to revenue recognition, allowance for product returns, inventory, share-based compensation expense, goodwill and purchased intangible asset valuations, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions, tax contingencies, and other loss contingencies. We base our estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We consider the following policies to be most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing the financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

We are a nutrition company that sells a wide range of weight management products, nutritional supplements, energy, sports & fitness products and personal care products. Our products are manufactured by third party providers and manufactured in our Suzhou, China facility, and in our manufacturing facility located in Lake Forest, California, and then are sold to independent distributors who consume and sell Herbalife products to retail consumers or other distributors. As of March 31, 2013, we sold products in 88 countries throughout the world and we are organized and managed by geographic region. We have elected to aggregate our operating segments into one reporting segment, except China, as management believes that our operating segments have similar operating characteristics and similar long term operating performance. In making this determination, management believes that the operating segments are similar in the nature of the products sold, the product acquisition process, the types of customers to whom products are sold, the methods used to distribute the products, and the nature of the regulatory environment.

We generally recognize revenue upon delivery and when both the title and risk and rewards pass to the independent distributor or importer, or as products are sold in our retail stores in China or through our independent service providers in China. Net sales include product sales and shipping and handling revenues. Product sales are recognized net of product returns, and discounts referred to as “distributor allowances.” We generally receive the net sales price in cash or through credit card payments at the point of sale. Related royalty overrides and allowances for product returns are recorded when revenue is recognized.

Allowances for product returns, primarily in connection with our buyback program, are provided at the time the product is shipped. This accrual is based upon historical return rates for each country and the relevant return pattern, which reflects anticipated returns to be received over the buyback program period of up to 12 months following the original sale. The buyback program has certain terms and conditions that may vary by market, but generally permits the return of unopened and marketable condition products or sales materials purchased within the prior twelve month period, in exchange for a refund of the net price paid for the product. Historically, product returns and buybacks have not been significant. Product returns and buybacks were approximately 0.3% of product sales for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

We adjust our inventories to lower of cost or market. Additionally we adjust the carrying value of our inventory based on assumptions regarding future demand for our products and market conditions. If future demand and market conditions are less favorable than management’s assumptions, additional inventory write-downs could be required. Likewise, favorable future demand and market conditions could positively impact future operating results if previously written down inventories are sold. We have obsolete and slow moving inventories which have been adjusted downward $23.7 million and $18.0 million to present them at their lower of cost or market in our consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

34


Table of Contents

Goodwill and marketing related intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested annually for impairment, and are tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. As discussed below, for goodwill impairment testing, we have the option to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If we conclude it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then there is no need to perform the two-step impairment test. Currently, we do not use this qualitative assessment option but we could in the future elect to use this option. For our marketing related intangible assets a similar qualitative option is also currently available. However, we currently use a discounted cash flow model, or the income approach, to determine the fair value of our marketing related intangible assets in order to confirm there is no impairment required. For our marketing related intangible assets, if we do not use this qualitative assessment option, we could still in the future elect to use this option.

In order to estimate the fair value of goodwill, we also primarily use an income approach. The determination of impairment is made at the reporting unit level and consists of two steps. First, we determine the fair value of a reporting unit and compare it to its carrying amount. The determination of the fair value of the reporting units requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include estimates of future revenues and expense growth rates, capital expenditures and the depreciation and amortization related to these capital expenditures, discount rates, and other inputs. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual future results could differ. Changes in assumptions regarding future results or other underlying assumptions could have a significant impact on the fair value of the reporting unit. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill and other intangibles over the implied fair value as determined in Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. Also, if during Step 1 of a goodwill impairment test we determine we have reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts, then we perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. During Step 2 of a goodwill impairment test, the implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a similar manner as how the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination is determined, in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations . We would assign the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. As of both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we had goodwill of approximately $105.5 million and marketing related intangible assets of approximately $310.0 million. No marketing related intangibles or goodwill impairment was recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Contingencies are accounted for in accordance with the FASB ASC Topic 450, Contingencies, or ASC 450. ASC 450 requires that we record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We also disclose material contingencies when we believe a loss is not probable but reasonably possible as required by ASC 450. Accounting for contingencies such as legal and non-income tax matters requires us to use judgment related to both the likelihood of a loss and the estimate of the amount or range of loss. Many of these legal and tax contingencies can take years to be resolved. Generally, as the time period increases over which the uncertainties are resolved, the likelihood of changes to the estimate of the ultimate outcome increases.

Deferred income tax assets have been established for net operating loss and interest carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries and have been reduced by a valuation allowance to reflect them at amounts estimated to be ultimately realized. Although realization is not assured, we believe it is more likely than not that the net carrying value will be realized. The amount of the carryforwards that is considered realizable, however, could change if estimates of future taxable income are adjusted. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the tax law and ultimate tax determination is uncertain. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate prior to the completion and filing of tax returns for such periods. This process requires estimating both our geographic mix of income and our uncertain tax positions in each jurisdiction where we operate. These estimates involve complex issues and require us to make judgments about the likely application of the tax law to our situation, as well as with respect to other matters, such as anticipating the positions that we will take on tax returns prior to us actually preparing the returns and the outcomes of disputes with tax authorities. The ultimate resolution of these issues may take extended periods of time due to examinations by tax authorities and statutes of limitations. In addition, changes in our business, including acquisitions, changes in our international corporate structure, changes in the geographic location of business functions or assets, changes in the geographic mix and amount of income, as well as changes in our agreements with tax authorities, valuation allowances, applicable accounting rules, applicable tax laws and regulations, rulings and interpretations thereof, developments in tax audit and other matters, and variations in the estimated and actual level of annual pre-tax income can affect the overall effective income tax rate.

 

35


Table of Contents

We account for uncertain income tax positions in accordance with the FASB ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, or ASC 740, which provides guidance on the determination of how tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under ASC 740, we must recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

We account for foreign currency transactions in accordance with ASC Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters . In a majority of the countries where we operate, the functional currency is the local currency. Our foreign subsidiaries’ asset and liability accounts are translated for consolidated financial reporting purposes into U.S. dollar amounts at period-ended exchange rates. Revenue and expense accounts are translated at the average rates during the year. Our foreign exchange translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss on our accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses and foreign currency remeasurements are generally included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

New Accounting Pronouncements

See discussion under Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, for information on new accounting pronouncements.

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks, which arise during the normal course of business from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. On a selected basis, we use derivative financial instruments to manage or hedge these risks. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to written guidelines and procedures.

We apply FASB ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or ASC 815, which established accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. All derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a fair-value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the underlying hedged item are recognized concurrently in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash-flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) and are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income when the hedged item affects earnings. ASC 815 defines the requirements for designation and documentation of hedging relationships as well as ongoing effectiveness assessments in order to use hedge accounting. For a derivative that does not qualify as a hedge, changes in fair value are recognized concurrently in earnings.

A discussion of our primary market risk exposures and derivatives is presented below.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We transact business globally and are subject to risks associated with changes in foreign exchange rates. Our objective is to minimize the impact to earnings and cash flow associated with foreign exchange rate fluctuations. We enter into foreign exchange derivatives in the ordinary course of business primarily to reduce exposure to currency fluctuations attributable to intercompany transactions, translation of local currency revenue, inventory purchases subject to foreign currency exposure, and to partially mitigate the impact of foreign currency rate fluctuations. Due to the recent significant volatility in foreign exchange markets, our current strategy, in general, is to hedge some of the significant exposures on a short-term basis. We will continue to monitor the foreign exchange markets and evaluate our hedging strategy accordingly. With the exception of our foreign exchange forward contracts relating to forecasted inventory purchases and intercompany management fees discussed below, all of our foreign exchange contracts are designated as free standing derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply. The changes in the fair value of the derivatives not qualifying as cash flow hedges are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in our condensed consolidated statements of income.

The foreign exchange forward contracts designated as free standing derivatives are used to hedge advances between subsidiaries and to partially mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. Foreign exchange average rate option contracts are also used to mitigate the impact of foreign currency rate fluctuations. The objective of these contracts is to neutralize the impact of foreign currency movements on the operating results of our subsidiaries. The fair value of forward and option contracts is based on third-party quotes. Our foreign currency derivative contracts are generally executed on a monthly basis.

We also purchase foreign currency forward contracts in order to hedge forecasted inventory transactions and intercompany management fees that are designated as cash-flow hedges and are subject to foreign currency exposures. We applied the hedge accounting rules as required by ASC 815 for these hedges. These contracts allow us to buy and sell certain currencies at specified contract rates. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the aggregate notional amounts of these contracts outstanding were approximately $249.8 million and $256.9 million, respectively. At March 31, 2013, the outstanding contracts were expected to mature

 

36


Table of Contents

over the next twelve months. Our derivative financial instruments are recorded on the condensed consolidated balance sheet at fair value based on quoted market rates. For the forecasted inventory transactions, the forward contracts are used to hedge forecasted inventory transactions over specific months. Changes in the fair value of these forward contracts, excluding forward points, designated as cash-flow hedges are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ equity, and are recognized in cost of sales in the condensed consolidated statement of income during the period which approximates the time the hedged inventory is sold. We also hedge forecasted intercompany management fees over specific months. Changes in the fair value of these forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders’ equity, and are recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statement of income in the period when the hedged item and underlying transaction affects earnings. As of March 31, 2013, we recorded assets at fair value of $2.7 million and liabilities at fair value of $9.6 million relating to all outstanding foreign currency contracts designated as cash-flow hedges. As of December 31, 2012, we recorded assets at fair value of $0.5 million and liabilities at fair value of $3.3 million relating to all outstanding foreign currency contracts designated as cash-flow hedges. We assess hedge effectiveness and measure hedge ineffectiveness at least quarterly. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the ineffective portion relating to these hedges was immaterial and the hedges remained effective as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the majority of our outstanding foreign currency forward contracts had maturity dates of less than twelve months, with the majority of freestanding derivatives expiring within one month as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. There were no foreign currency option contracts outstanding as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

The following table provides information about the details of our foreign exchange forward contracts:

 

Foreign Currency

   Average
Contract
Rate
     Notional
Amount
     Fair
Value
Gain (Loss)
 
            (In millions)      (In millions)  

At March 31, 2013

        

Buy Chinese yuan sell U.S. dollar

     6.27       $ 1.6       $  —    

Buy Euro sell Australian dollar

     1.25       $ 2.5       $  —    

Buy Euro sell Chilean peso

     620.75       $ 1.8       $  —    

Buy Euro sell Hong Kong dollar

     10.05       $ 0.8       $  —    

Buy Euro sell Indonesian rupiah

     12,703.00       $ 5.3       $ (0.1 )

Buy Euro sell Mexican peso

     17.04       $ 145.6       $ (9.3

Buy Euro sell Malaysian ringgit

     4.06       $ 1.8       $  —    

Buy Euro sell U.S. dollar

     1.29       $ 99.3       $ (0.9 )

Buy British pound sell Euro

     0.85       $ 2.3       $  —    

Buy Indian rupee sell U.S. dollar

     54.80       $ 2.6       $  —    

Buy Japanese yen sell U.S. dollar

     93.84       $ 8.5       $  —    

Buy South Korean won sell U.S. dollar

     1,112.53       $ 52.5       $  —    

Buy Malaysian ringgit sell U.S. dollar

     3.12       $ 5.6       $  —    

Buy U.S. dollar sell Colombian peso

     1,822.27       $ 10.4       $  —    

Buy U.S. dollar sell Euro

     1.30       $ 161.9       $ 1.8   

Buy U.S. dollar sell British pound

     1.49       $ 14.9       $ (0.3 )

Buy U.S. dollar sell Japanese yen

     94.07       $ 2.1       $  —    

Buy U.S. dollar sell South Korean won

     1,087.94       $ 8.8       $ 0.2   

Buy U.S. dollar sell Mexican peso

     12.47       $ 19.9       $ (0.1 )

Buy U.S. dollar sell Philippine peso

     40.69       $ 1.7       $  —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total forward contracts

      $ 549.9       $ (8.7
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The majority of our foreign subsidiaries designate their local currencies as their functional currencies. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the total amount of our foreign subsidiary cash and cash equivalents was $369.9 million and $321.3 million, respectively, of which $5.9 million and $6.9 million was invested in U.S. dollars as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the total amount of cash and cash equivalents held by U.S. entities was $352.6 million and $12.2 million, respectively.

Currency restrictions enacted by the Venezuelan government continue to be restrictive and have impacted the ability of Herbalife Venezuela to obtain U.S. dollars in exchange for Bolivars at the official foreign exchange rates from the Venezuelan government. See Item 2 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, for discussion on how the currency restrictions in Venezuela have impacted Herbalife Venezuela’s operations.

 

37


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk

As of March 31, 2013, the aggregate annual maturities of the Credit Facility were expected to be $43.8 million for 2013, $81.2 million for 2014, $100.0 million for 2015, and $750.0 million for 2016. The fair value of the Credit Facility approximated its carrying value of $975.0 million as of March 31, 2013. The fair value of the Credit Facility approximated its carrying value of $487.5 million as of December 31, 2012. The Credit Facility bears a variable interest rate, and on March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the weighted average interest rate of the Credit Facility, including borrowings under the Term Loan, was 1.94% and 1.96%, respectively.

During August 2009, we entered into four interest rate swap agreements with an effective date of December 31, 2009. The agreements collectively provide for us to pay interest for less than a four-year period at a weighted average fixed rate of 2.78% on notional amounts aggregating to $140.0 million while receiving interest for the same period at the one month LIBOR rate on the same notional amounts. These agreements will expire in July 2013. These swaps at inception were designated as cash flow hedges against the variability in the LIBOR interest rate on our term loan under the Prior Credit Facility or against the variability in the LIBOR interest rate on the replacement debt. Our term loan under the Prior Credit Facility was terminated in March 2011 and refinanced with the Credit Facility as discussed further in Note 4, Long-Term Debt , to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. Our swaps remain effective and continue to be designated as cash flow hedges against the variability in certain LIBOR interest rate borrowings under the Credit Facility at LIBOR plus 1.50% to 2.50%, fixing our weighted average effective rate on the notional amounts at 4.28% to 5.28%. There was no hedge ineffectiveness recorded as result of this refinancing event.

We assess hedge effectiveness and measure hedge ineffectiveness at least quarterly. During the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the ineffective portion relating to these hedges was immaterial and the hedges remained effective as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. Consequently, all changes in the fair value of the derivatives are deferred and recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) until the related forecasted transactions are recognized in the condensed consolidated statements of income. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements are based on third-party quotes. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we recorded the interest rate swaps as liabilities at their fair value of $1.2 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

Item 4. Controls And Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2013.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws, including any projections of earnings, revenue or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; any statements concerning proposed new services or developments; any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements may include the words “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “intend,” “continue,” “believe,” “expect” or “anticipate” and any other similar words.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any of our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any of our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed or incorporated by reference in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Important factors that could cause our actual results, performance and achievements, or industry results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in our forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:

 

   

the resignation of our former independent registered public accounting firm, its withdrawal of its audit reports with respect to certain of our historical financial statements, and any difficulties we encounter engaging a successor accounting firm;

 

   

any collateral impact resulting from the ongoing worldwide financial environment, including the availability of liquidity to us, our customers and our suppliers or the willingness of our customers to purchase products in a difficult economic environment;

 

   

our relationship with, and our ability to influence the actions of, our distributors;

 

38


Table of Contents
   

improper action by our employees or distributors in violation of applicable law;

 

   

adverse publicity associated with our products or network marketing organization, including our ability to comfort the marketplace and regulators regarding our compliance with applicable laws;

 

   

changing consumer preferences and demands;

 

   

our reliance upon, or the loss or departure of any member of, our senior management team which could negatively impact our distributor relations and operating results;

 

   

the competitive nature of our business;

 

   

regulatory matters governing our products, including potential governmental or regulatory actions concerning the safety or efficacy of our products and network marketing program, including the direct selling market in which we operate;

 

   

legal challenges to our network marketing program;

 

   

risks associated with operating internationally and the effect of economic factors, including foreign exchange, inflation, disruptions or conflicts with our third party importers, pricing and currency devaluation risks, especially in countries such as Venezuela;

 

   

uncertainties relating to the application of transfer pricing, duties, value added taxes, and other tax regulations, and changes thereto;

 

   

uncertainties relating to interpretation and enforcement of legislation in China governing direct selling;

 

   

our inability to obtain the necessary licenses to expand our direct selling business in China;

 

   

adverse changes in the Chinese economy, Chinese legal system or Chinese governmental policies;

 

   

our dependence on increased penetration of existing markets;

 

   

contractual limitations on our ability to expand our business;

 

   

our reliance on our information technology infrastructure and outside manufacturers;

 

   

the sufficiency of trademarks and other intellectual property rights;

 

   

product concentration;

 

   

changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations, or their interpretation;

 

   

taxation relating to our distributors;

 

   

product liability claims;

 

   

whether we will purchase any of our shares in the open markets or otherwise; and

 

   

share price volatility related to, among other things, speculative trading and certain traders shorting our common shares.

Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements are set forth in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, including under the heading “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes.

Forward-looking statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q speak only as of the date hereof, and forward-looking statements in documents attached that are incorporated by reference speak only as of the date of those documents. We do not undertake any obligation to update or release any revisions to any forward-looking statement or to report any events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1 . Legal Proceedings

See discussion under Note 5, Contingencies , to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which is incorporated herein by reference.

From time to time, the Company is subject to inquiries from and investigations by various governmental and other regulatory authorities with respect to the legality of the Company’s network marketing program. Given the nature of recent allegations made by certain short sellers and related market events, the Company believes it may receive governmental inquiries (such as the previously disclosed SEC inquiry). To the extent any of these inquiries are or become material they will be disclosed individually. Consistent with its policies, the Company is and will fully cooperate with any inquiries and looks forward to resolving them in a timely manner.

 

39


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The resignation of our former independent registered public accounting firm, its withdrawal of its audit reports with respect to certain of our historical financial statements, any difficulties we encounter engaging a successor accounting firm and the related costs may have a material adverse effect on us.

On April 8, 2013, KPMG notified us that KPMG was resigning, effective immediately, as our independent accountant. KPMG stated it had concluded it was not independent because of alleged insider trading in our securities by one of KPMG’s former partners who, until April 5, 2013, was the KPMG engagement partner on our audit. KPMG advised us it resigned as our independent accountant solely due to the impairment of KPMG’s independence resulting from its now former partner’s alleged unlawful activities and not for any reason related to our financial statements, our accounting practices, the integrity of our management or for any other reason. As a result of the alleged insider trading activity by its now former partner and KPMG’s resulting resignation, KPMG notified us that it had no option but to withdraw its audit reports regarding our financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and that such reports should no longer be relied upon as a result of KPMG’s lack of independence created by the circumstances described above. Our Audit Committee and management continue to believe that our financial statements covering the referenced periods fairly present, in all material respects, our financial condition and results of operations as of the end of and for the referenced periods and may continue to be relied upon and that our internal control over financial reporting was effective during these periods. See Notes 2, Significant Accounting Policies , and 14, Subsequent Events , to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for information on these matters.

Although the Audit Committee is conducting a search for KPMG’s successor, as of the date of filing of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, we have not selected or engaged a new independent registered accounting firm and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in such efforts. We have substantial international operations that require significant capacity and capabilities from our auditor. As a result, there may only be a limited number of firms that are capable of handling an engagement such as ours. In addition, we have historically engaged other accounting firms to perform tax, consulting and other advisory work on our behalf. These prior engagements may, in certain instances, impair the ability of certain firms to serve as our independent registered public accounting firm. It is also possible that some firms may be discouraged from accepting our engagement based on the recent allegations and other negative information put forward in the market place by a short seller. While we believe our Audit Committee will ultimately be successful in engaging a new independent registered public accounting firm, our Audit Committee will likely be required to expend significant time and we will likely expend significant resources and capital identifying the firm and bringing its personnel up to speed with our business and operations.

As a result of KPMG’s resignation, we have suffered and will continue to suffer a number of difficulties in respect of our SEC filings and other matters. This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is technically considered deficient and we are no longer considered to be technically timely or current in our Exchange Act filings because the unaudited interim financial information presented herein has not been reviewed by an independent registered accounting firm in accordance with Accounting Standards Board Statement on Accounting Standards 100, or SAS 100, as required by SEC rules. In addition, the absence of the SAS 100 review and KPMG’s withdrawal of its previous audit reports required us to suspend the effectiveness of our registration statements on Form S-8 related to our equity incentive plans and potentially our employee stock purchase plan. The combination of these issues also render us ineligible for the time being to use both shelf registration and “short-form” registration that allows us to incorporate our prior filings by reference. If we are unable to engage a successor accounting firm, we will not be able to file in a timely manner Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q with the SEC that contain financial statements that have been reviewed by, or Annual Reports on Form 10-K that contain financial statements that have been audited by, an independent registered public accounting firm. If we are unable to do so, among other things, we will continue to be untimely in our filings under the Exchange Act and our ability to access the capital markets will be significantly limited. In addition, if we are unable to engage a successor accounting firm on a schedule that allows the firm to timely complete the audit of our historical financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 as well as fiscal 2013, we may encounter additional issues. The failure to deliver audited financial statements after 2013 year end could constitute an event of default under our Credit Facility and may lead the New York Stock Exchange to commence delisting procedures with respect to our common shares. While we do not believe these events will come to pass, there can be no assurances at this time.

To date we have incurred significant costs as a result of KPMG’s resignation in the form of legal and similar professional fees, in addition to the substantial diversion of the time and attention of our officers, directors and members of our accounting department. We have also seen added volatility in the trading price of our common shares. We expect to continue to suffer these additional costs, distractions and other issues, and we expect to continue to see greater volatility in the price of our common shares, until a successor firm is engaged and has had sufficient time to complete the audit of our financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, its review of the three months ended March 31, 2013 and any subsequent periods.

 

40


Table of Contents

The worldwide financial and economic environment could negatively impact our access to credit and the sales of our products and could harm our financial condition and operating results.

We are closely monitoring various aspects of the current worldwide financial and economic “crisis” and its potential impact on us, our liquidity, our access to capital, our operations and our overall financial condition. While we have historically met our funding needs utilizing cash flow from operating activities and while we believe we will have sufficient resources to meet current debt service obligations in a timely manner, no assurances can be given that the current overall downturn in the world economy will not significantly adversely impact us and our business operations. We note economic and financial markets are fluid and we cannot ensure that there will not be in the near future a material adverse deterioration in our sales or liquidity. While our current senior secured variable credit facility can also be used to support our current liquidity requirements, increases in interest rates could negatively affect the cost of financing our operations if our future borrowings were to increase.

Our failure to establish and maintain distributor relationships for any reason could negatively impact sales of our products and harm our financial condition and operating results.

We distribute our products exclusively to and through approximately 3.6 million independent distributors, including 0.2 million in China, and we depend upon them directly for substantially all of our sales. To increase our revenue, we must increase the number of, or the productivity of, our distributors. Accordingly, our success depends in significant part upon our ability to recruit, retain and motivate a large base of distributors. The loss of a significant number of distributors for any reason could negatively impact sales of our products and could impair our ability to attract new distributors. In our efforts to attract and retain distributors, we compete with other network marketing organizations, including those in the weight management, dietary and nutritional supplement and personal care and cosmetic product industries. Our operating results could be harmed if our existing and new business opportunities and products do not generate sufficient interest to retain existing distributors and attract new distributors.

Our distributor organization has a high turnover rate, which is a common characteristic found in the direct selling industry. In light of this fact, we have our sales leaders re-qualify annually in order to maintain a more accurate count of their numbers. For the latest twelve month re-qualification period ending January 2013, approximately 51.8% of our sales leaders, excluding China, re-qualified. Distributors who purchase our product for personal consumption or for short-term income goals may stay with us for several months to one year. Sales leaders who have committed time and effort to build a sales organization will generally stay for longer periods. Distributors have highly variable levels of training, skills and capabilities. The turnover rate of our distributors, and our operating results, can be adversely impacted if we, and our senior distributor leadership, do not provide the necessary mentoring, training and business support tools for new distributors to become successful sales people in a short period of time.

We estimate that, of our approximately 3.6 million independent distributors, we had approximately 487,000 sales leaders as of March 31, 2013. These sales leaders, together with their downline sales organizations, account for substantially all of our revenues. Our distributors, including our sales leaders, may voluntarily terminate their distributor agreements with us at any time. The loss of a group of leading sales leaders, together with their downline sales organizations, or the loss of a significant number of distributors for any reason, could negatively impact sales of our products, impair our ability to attract new distributors and harm our financial condition and operating results.

Since we cannot exert the same level of influence or control over our independent distributors as we could were they our own employees, our distributors could fail to comply with our distributor policies and procedures, which could result in claims against us that could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our distributors are independent contractors and, accordingly, we are not in a position to directly provide the same direction, motivation and oversight as we would if distributors were our own employees. As a result, there can be no assurance that our distributors will participate in our marketing strategies or plans, accept our introduction of new products, or comply with our distributor policies and procedures.

Extensive federal, state and local laws regulate our business, products and network marketing program. Because we have expanded into foreign countries, our policies and procedures for our independent distributors differ due to the different legal requirements of each country in which we do business. While we have implemented distributor policies and procedures designed to govern distributor conduct and to protect the goodwill associated with Herbalife trademarks and tradenames, it can be difficult to enforce these policies and procedures because of the large number of distributors and their independent status. Violations by our independent distributors of applicable law or of our policies and procedures in dealing with customers could reflect negatively on our products and operations and harm our business reputation. In addition, it is possible that a court could hold us civilly or criminally accountable based on vicarious liability because of the actions of our independent distributors.

 

41


Table of Contents

Adverse publicity associated with our products, ingredients or network marketing program, or those of similar companies, could harm our financial condition and operating results.

The size of our distribution force and the results of our operations may be significantly affected by the public’s perception of the Company and similar companies. This perception is dependent upon opinions concerning:

 

   

the safety and quality of our products and ingredients;

 

   

the safety and quality of similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies;

 

   

our distributors;

 

   

our network marketing program; and

 

   

the direct selling business generally.

Adverse publicity concerning any actual or purported failure of our Company or our independent distributors to comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding product claims and advertising, good manufacturing practices, the regulation of our network marketing program, the licensing of our products for sale in our target markets or other aspects of our business, whether or not resulting in enforcement actions or the imposition of penalties, could have an adverse effect on the goodwill of our Company and could negatively affect our ability to attract, motivate and retain distributors, which would negatively impact our ability to generate revenue. We cannot ensure that all of our independent distributors will comply with applicable legal requirements relating to the advertising, labeling, licensing or distribution of our products.

In addition, our distributors’ and consumers’ perception of the safety and quality of our products and ingredients as well as similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies can be significantly influenced by media attention, publicized scientific research or findings, widespread product liability claims and other publicity concerning our products or ingredients or similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies. For example, in May 2008 public allegations were made that certain of our products contain excessive amounts of lead thereby triggering disclosure and labeling requirements under California Proposition 65. Following an investigation, these allegations were publicly withdrawn by the allegations initiator. While we have confidence in our products because they fall within FDA suggested guidelines as well as applicable state regulations for the amount of lead that consumers can safely ingest and do not believe they trigger disclosure or labeling requirements under California Proposition 65, negative publicity such as this can disrupt our business. Adverse publicity, whether or not accurate or resulting from consumers’ use or misuse of our products, that associates consumption of our products or ingredients or any similar products or ingredients with illness or other adverse effects, questions the benefits of our or similar products or claims that any such products are ineffective, inappropriately labeled or have inaccurate instructions as to their use, could lead to lawsuits or other legal challenges and could negatively impact our reputation, the market demand for our products, or our general business.

From time to time we receive inquiries from government agencies and third parties requesting information concerning our products. We fully cooperate with these inquiries including, when requested, by the submission of detailed technical dossiers addressing product composition, manufacturing, process control, quality assurance, and contaminant testing. Further, we periodically respond to requests from regulators for additional information regarding product-specific adverse events. We are confident in the safety of our products when used as directed. However, there can be no assurance that regulators in these or other markets will not take actions that might delay or prevent the introduction of new products, or require the reformulation or the temporary or permanent withdrawal of certain of our existing products from their markets.

Adverse publicity relating to us, our products or our operations, including our network marketing program or the attractiveness or viability of the financial opportunities provided thereby, has had, and could again have, a negative effect on our ability to attract, motivate and retain distributors, and it could also affect our share price. In the mid-1980’s, our products and marketing program became the subject of regulatory scrutiny in the United States, resulting in large part from claims and representations made about our products by our independent distributors, including impermissible therapeutic claims. The resulting adverse publicity caused a rapid, substantial loss of distributors in the United States and a corresponding reduction in sales beginning in 1985. In addition, in late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of our network marketing program and announced that his fund had taken a significant short position regarding our common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and significant stock price volatility. We expect that negative publicity will, from time to time, continue to negatively impact our business in particular markets and may adversely affect our share price.

Our failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer preferences and demand for new products or product enhancements could significantly harm our distributor and customer relationships and product sales and harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our business is subject to changing consumer trends and preferences, especially with respect to weight management products. Our continued success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to such changes. Furthermore, the nutritional supplement industry is characterized by rapid and

 

42


Table of Contents

frequent changes in demand for products and new product introductions and enhancements. Our failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively impact consumer opinion of our products, which in turn could harm our customer and distributor relationships and cause the loss of sales. The success of our new product offerings and enhancements depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

   

accurately anticipate customer needs;

 

   

innovate and develop new products or product enhancements that meet these needs;

 

   

successfully commercialize new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;

 

   

price our products competitively;

 

   

manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and in a timely manner; and

 

   

differentiate our product offerings from those of our competitors.

If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of our products could be rendered obsolete, which could negatively impact our revenues, financial condition and operating results.

Due to the high level of competition in our industry, we might fail to retain our customers and distributors, which would harm our financial condition and operating results.

The business of marketing weight management and nutrition products is highly competitive and sensitive to the introduction of new products or weight management plans, including various prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. These market segments include numerous manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers both in the United States and abroad. In addition, we anticipate that we will be subject to increasing competition in the future from sellers that utilize electronic commerce. Some of these competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, product development, marketing and sales resources, greater name recognition, larger established customer bases and better-developed distribution channels than we do. Our present or future competitors may be able to develop products that are comparable or superior to those we offer, adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies, evolving industry trends and standards or customer requirements, or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we do. For example, if our competitors develop other diet or weight management treatments that prove to be more effective than our products, demand for our products could be reduced. Accordingly, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets and competition may intensify.

We are also subject to significant competition for the recruitment of distributors from other network marketing organizations, including those that market weight management products, dietary and nutritional supplements and personal care products as well as other types of products. We compete for global customers and distributors with regard to weight management, nutritional supplement and personal care products. Our competitors include both direct selling companies such as NuSkin Enterprises, Nature’s Sunshine, Alticor/Amway, Melaleuca, Avon Products, Oriflame, Tupperware and Mary Kay, as well as retail establishments such as Weight Watchers, Jenny Craig, General Nutrition Centers, Wal-Mart and retail pharmacies.

In addition, because the industry in which we operate is not particularly capital intensive or otherwise subject to high barriers to entry, it is relatively easy for new competitors to emerge who will compete with us for our distributors and customers. In addition, the fact that our distributors may easily enter and exit our network marketing program contributes to the level of competition that we face. For example, a distributor can enter or exit our network marketing system with relative ease at any time without facing a significant investment or loss of capital because (1) we have a low upfront financial cost to become a Herbalife distributor, (2) we do not require any specific amount of time to work as a distributor, (3) we do not insist on any special training to be a distributor and (4) we do not prohibit a new distributor from working with another company. Our ability to remain competitive therefore depends, in significant part, on our success in recruiting and retaining distributors through an attractive compensation plan, the maintenance of an attractive product portfolio and other incentives. We cannot ensure that our programs for recruitment and retention of distributors will be successful and if they are not, our financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

We are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints both domestically and abroad, and our failure or our distributors’ failure to comply with these constraints could lead to the imposition of significant penalties or claims, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

In both domestic and foreign markets, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation, exportation, licensing, sale and storage of our products are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints. Such laws, regulations and other constraints may exist at the federal, state or local levels in the United States and at all levels of government in foreign jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that we or our distributors are in compliance with all of these regulations. Our failure or our distributors’ failure to comply with these regulations or

 

43


Table of Contents

new regulations could disrupt our distributors’ sale of our products, or lead to the imposition of significant penalties or claims and could negatively impact our business. In addition, the adoption of new regulations or changes in the interpretations of existing regulations may result in significant compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales and may negatively impact the marketing of our products, resulting in significant loss of sales revenues.

The FTC revised its Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising, or Guides, which became effective on December 1, 2009. Although the Guides are not binding, they explain how the FTC interprets Section 5 of the FTC Act’s prohibition on unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Consequently, the FTC could bring a Section 5 enforcement action based on practices that are inconsistent with the Guides. Under the revised Guides, advertisements that feature a consumer and convey his or her atypical experience with a product or service are required to clearly disclose the results that consumers can generally expect. In contrast to the 1980 version of the Guides, which allowed advertisers to describe atypical results in a testimonial as long as they included a disclaimer such as “results not typical”, the revised Guides no longer contain such a safe harbor. The revised Guides also add new examples to illustrate the long-standing principle that “material connections” between advertisers and endorsers (such as payments or free products), connections that consumers might not expect, must be disclosed. Herbalife has revised its marketing materials to be compliant with the revised Guides. However, it is possible that our use, and that of our independent distributors, of testimonials in the advertising and promotion of our products, including but not limited to our weight management products and our income opportunity, will be significantly impacted and therefore might negatively impact our sales.

Governmental regulations in countries where we plan to commence or expand operations may prevent or delay entry into those markets. In addition, our ability to sustain satisfactory levels of sales in our markets is dependent in significant part on our ability to introduce additional products into such markets. However, governmental regulations in our markets, both domestic and international, can delay or prevent the introduction, or require the reformulation or withdrawal, of certain of our products. Any such regulatory action, whether or not it results in a final determination adverse to us, could create negative publicity, with detrimental effects on the motivation and recruitment of distributors and, consequently, on sales.

We are subject to FDA rules for current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, for the manufacture, packing, labeling and holding of dietary supplements distributed in the United States. Herbalife has implemented a comprehensive quality assurance program that is designed to maintain compliance with the cGMPs for dietary supplements manufactured by or on behalf of Herbalife for distribution in the United States. However, if Herbalife should be found not to be in compliance with cGMPs for the products it self-manufactures it could negatively impact our reputation and ability to sell our products even after any such situation had been rectified. Further, if contract manufacturers whose products bear Herbalife labels fail to comply with the cGMPs, this could negatively impact Herbalife’s reputation and ability to sell its products even though Herbalife is not directly liable under the cGMPs for such compliance. In complying with the dietary supplement cGMPs, we have experienced increases in product costs as a result of the necessary increase in testing of raw ingredients, work in process and finished products.

From time to time, the Company is subject to inquiries from and investigations by various governmental and other regulatory authorities with respect to the legality of the Company’s network marketing program. Given the nature of recent allegations made by certain short sellers and related market events, the Company believes it may receive governmental inquiries (such as the previously disclosed SEC inquiry). To the extent any of these inquiries are or become material they will be disclosed individually. Consistent with its policies, the Company is and will fully cooperate with any inquiries and looks forward to resolving them in a timely manner.

Our network marketing program could be found to be not in compliance with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more markets, which could prevent us from conducting our business in these markets and harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our network marketing program is subject to a number of federal and state regulations administered by the FTC and various state agencies in the United States as well as regulations on direct selling in foreign markets administered by foreign agencies. We are subject to the risk that, in one or more markets, our network marketing program could be found not to be in compliance with applicable law or regulations. Regulations applicable to network marketing organizations generally are directed at preventing fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often referred to as “pyramid” or “chain sales” schemes, by ensuring that product sales ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement within an organization is based on sales of the organization’s products rather than investments in the organization or other non-retail sales-related criteria. The regulatory requirements concerning network marketing programs do not include “bright line” rules and are inherently fact-based and, thus, we are subject to the risk that these laws or regulations or the enforcement or interpretation of these laws and regulations by governmental agencies or courts can change. The ambiguity surrounding these laws can also affect the public perception of our company. Specifically, in late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of our network marketing program and announced that his fund had taken a significant short position regarding our common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and significant stock price volatility. The failure of our network marketing program to comply with current or newly adopted regulations could negatively impact our business in a particular market or in general and may adversely affect our share price.

 

44


Table of Contents

We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to the legality of our network marketing program. Some multi-level marketing programs of other companies have been successfully challenged in the past, while other challenges to multi-level marketing programs of other companies have been defeated. In 2004 Test Ankoop-Test Achat, a Belgian consumer protection organization, sued Herbalife International Belgium, S.V., or HIB, challenging the legality of our network marketing program in Belgium. On November 23, 2011, the Brussels Commercial Court rendered a judgment that HIB is in violation of the Belgian law on Unfair Commercial Practices by establishing, operating or promoting a pyramid scheme where a consumer gives consideration for the opportunity to receive compensation that is derived primarily from the introduction of other consumers into the scheme rather than from the sale or consumption of products. The court ordered cessation of the violation, and a penalty payment of EUR 5,000 per infringement (limited to a total amount of penalty payments of EUR 250,000) starting two months from the official notification of the judgment. HIB has not yet been officially notified of the judgment and therefore the conditions for possible penalty payments have not been fulfilled. The Company believes the trial court’s judgment is flawed legally and factually and on March 8, 2012 filed an appeal of the judgment with the Court of Appeal of Brussels. A preliminary hearing was held on April 2, 2012 setting a briefing schedule. Since then Test Aankoop filed its reply on July 6, 2012 and Herbalife’s response was filed on September 28, 2012. Test Aankoop filed its final brief on February 12, 2013 and the parties are awaiting the Court in Brussels setting a date for presentation of oral arguments. We believe that we have a meritorious basis to appeal this judgment. Nonetheless, the Company has implemented various relatively minor clarifications and changes which we believe are consistent with the trial court’s ruling pending the appeal procedure. This or other adverse judicial determinations with respect to our network marketing program, or in proceedings not involving us directly but which challenge the legality of multi-level marketing systems, in Belgium or in any other market in which we operate, could negatively impact our business. Herbalife has been named as a defendant in a purported class action lawsuit filed April 8, 2013 in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California ( Bostick v. Herbalife International of America, Inc., et al) challenging the legality of our network marketing program under various state and federal laws. We believe the suit is without merit and plan to defend the suit vigorously.

A substantial portion of our business is conducted in foreign markets, exposing us to the risks of trade or foreign exchange restrictions, increased tariffs, foreign currency fluctuations, disruptions or conflicts with our third party importers and similar risks associated with foreign operations.

Approximately 80% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2012, were generated outside the United States, exposing our business to risks associated with foreign operations. For example, a foreign government may impose trade or foreign exchange restrictions or increased tariffs, or otherwise limit or restrict our ability to import products into a country, any of which could negatively impact our operations. We are also exposed to risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations. For instance, purchases from suppliers are generally made in U.S. dollars while sales to distributors are generally made in local currencies. Accordingly, strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency could have a negative impact on us. Although we engage in transactions to protect against risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations, we cannot be certain any hedging activity will effectively reduce our exchange rate exposure. Additionally we may be negatively impacted by conflicts with or disruptions caused or faced by our third party importers, as well as conflicts between such importers and local governments or regulating agencies. Our operations in some markets also may be adversely affected by political, economic and social instability in foreign countries. As we continue to focus on expanding our existing international operations, these and other risks associated with international operations may increase, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Currency restrictions enacted by the Venezuelan government in 2003 have become more restrictive and have impacted the ability of our subsidiary in Venezuela, or Herbalife Venezuela, to obtain U.S. dollars in exchange for Venezuelan Bolivars, or Bolivars, at the official foreign exchange rate from the Venezuelan government and its foreign exchange commission, CADIVI. The application and approval processes have been intermittently delayed and the timing and ability to obtain U.S. dollars at the official exchange rates remains uncertain. In certain instances, we have made appropriate applications through CADIVI for approval to obtain U.S. dollars so that Herbalife Venezuela can pay for imported products and an annual dividend, at the official exchange rate. As an alternative exchange mechanism, we have also participated in certain bond offerings from the Venezuelan government and from Petróleos de Venezuela, S.A. or PDVSA, a Venezuelan state-owned petroleum company, where we effectively purchased bonds with our Bolivars and then sold the bonds for U.S. dollars. In other instances, we have also used other alternative legal exchange mechanisms for currency exchanges, such as the legal parallel market mechanism which was discontinued in May 2010.

In June 2010, the Venezuelan government introduced additional regulations under a newly regulated system, SITME, which is controlled by the Central Bank of Venezuela. SITME provides a mechanism to exchange Bolivars into U.S. dollars through the purchase and sale of U.S. dollar denominated bonds issued in Venezuela. However, SITME is only available in certain limited circumstances. Specifically, SITME can only be used for product purchases and it is not available for other matters such as the payment of dividends. Also, SITME can only be used for amounts of up to $50,000 per day and $350,000 per month and is generally only available to the extent that the applicant has not exchanged and received U.S. dollars via the CADIVI process within the previous 90 days. While we currently plan to continue to import products into Venezuela and exchange Bolivars for U.S. dollars based on the exchange mechanisms prescribed by the Venezuelan government, if the current currency restrictions are not lifted or eased, our product supplies in the Venezuelan market may be limited and we may make changes to Herbalife Venezuela’s operations each of which could negatively impact our business.

 

45


Table of Contents

In February 2013, the Venezuela government announced it devalued its Bolivar currency and will eliminate the SITME regulated system. The SITME 5.3 Bolivars per U.S. dollar rate was eliminated and the CADIVI rate has been devalued from 4.3 Bolivars to 6.3 Bolivars per U.S. dollar. This new CADIVI rate is approximately 16% less favorable than the previously published 5.3 SITME rate. We recognized approximately $15.1 million of net foreign exchange losses within our condensed consolidated statement of income for the three months ended March 31, 2013, as result of remeasuring our Bolivar denominated monetary assets and liabilities at this new CADIVI rate of 6.3 Bolivars per U.S. dollar. See Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for further information on the Bolivar devaluation.

If the foreign currency restrictions in Venezuela intensify or do not improve, we may be required to deconsolidate Herbalife Venezuela for U.S. GAAP purposes and would be subject to the risk of impairment. In addition, if foreign currency restrictions do not improve, we may have to use alternative legal exchange mechanisms which are significantly less favorable than the official rate which could cause the Company to incur significant foreign exchange losses. Due to the current political and economic environment in Venezuela, there is also a risk that there could be additional foreign currency devaluations which could cause our cash and cash equivalents to decrease. If any of these events were to occur it could result in a negative impact to our consolidated earnings. See Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, within our 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K, for a further discussion on Venezuela.

Our expansion in China is subject to general, as well as industry-specific, economic, political and legal developments and risks in China and requires that we utilize a different business model from that which we use elsewhere in the world.

Our expansion of operations into China is subject to risks and uncertainties related to general economic, political and legal developments in China, among other things. The Chinese government exercises significant control over the Chinese economy, including but not limited to controlling capital investments, allocating resources, setting monetary policy, controlling foreign exchange and monitoring foreign exchange rates, implementing and overseeing tax regulations, providing preferential treatment to certain industry segments or companies and issuing necessary licenses to conduct business. Accordingly, any adverse change in the Chinese economy, the Chinese legal system or Chinese governmental, economic or other policies could have a material adverse effect on our business in China and our prospects generally.

In 2005, China published regulations governing direct selling and prohibiting pyramid promotional schemes, and a number of administrative methods and proclamations were issued in 2005 and in 2006. These regulations require us to use a business model different from that which we offer in other markets. To allow us to operate under these regulations, we have created and introduced a model specifically for China. In China, we have Company-operated retail stores that can directly serve customers and preferred customers. We also have sales representatives who are permitted by the terms of our direct selling licenses to sell away from fixed retail locations in the provinces of Jiangsu, Guangdong, Shandong, Zhejiang, Guizhou, Beijing, Fujian, Sichuan, Hubei, Shanxi, Shanghai, Jiangxi, Liaoning, Jilin, Henan, Chongqing, Hebi, Shaanxi, Tianjin, Heilongjiang, Hunan, Guangxi, Hainan, and Anhui.

We have also engaged independent service providers that meet both the requirements to operate their own business under Chinese law as well as the conditions set forth by Herbalife to sell products and provide services to Herbalife customers. These features are not common to the business model we employ elsewhere in the world, and based on the direct selling licenses we have received and the terms of those which we hope to receive in the future to conduct a direct selling enterprise in China, our business model in China will continue in some part to incorporate such features. The direct selling regulations require us to apply for various approvals to conduct a direct selling enterprise in China. The process for obtaining the necessary licenses to conduct a direct selling business is protracted and cumbersome and involves multiple layers of Chinese governmental authorities and numerous governmental employees at each layer. While direct selling licenses are centrally issued, such licenses are generally valid only in the jurisdictions within which related approvals have been obtained. Such approvals are generally awarded on local and provincial bases, and the approval process requires involvement with multiple ministries at each level. Our participation and conduct during the approval process is guided not only by distinct Chinese practices and customs, but is also subject to applicable laws of China and the other jurisdictions in which we operate our business, including the U.S., as well as our internal code of ethics. There is always a risk that in attempting to comply with local customs and practices in China during the application process or otherwise, we will fail to comply with requirements applicable to us in China itself or in other jurisdictions, and any such failure to comply with applicable requirements could prevent us from obtaining the direct selling licenses or related local or provincial approvals. Furthermore, we rely on certain key personnel in China to assist us during the approval process, and the loss of any such key personnel could delay or hinder our ability to obtain licenses or related approvals. For all of the above reasons, there can be no assurance that we will obtain additional direct-selling licenses, or obtain related approvals to expand into any or all of the localities or provinces in China that are important to our business. Our inability to obtain, retain, or renew any or all of the licenses or related approvals that are required for us to operate in China could negatively impact our business.

Additionally, although certain regulations have been published with respect to obtaining and operating under such approvals and otherwise conducting business in China, other regulations are pending and there continues to be uncertainty regarding the interpretation and enforcement of Chinese regulations. The regulatory environment in China is evolving, and officials in the Chinese government exercise broad discretion in deciding how to interpret and apply regulations. We cannot be certain that our business model

 

46


Table of Contents

will continue to be deemed by national or local Chinese regulatory authorities to be compliant with any such regulations. The Chinese government rigorously monitors the direct selling market in China, and in the past has taken serious action against companies that the government believed were engaging in activities they regarded to be in violation of applicable law, including shutting down their businesses and imposing substantial fines. As a result, there can be no guarantee that the Chinese government’s current or future interpretation and application of the existing and new regulations will not negatively impact our business in China, result in regulatory investigations or lead to fines or penalties against us or our Chinese distributors.

Chinese regulations prevent persons who are not Chinese nationals from engaging in direct selling in China. We cannot guarantee that any of our distributors living outside of China or any of our sales representatives or independent service providers in China have not engaged or will not engage in activities that violate our policies in this market, or that violate Chinese law or other applicable law, and therefore result in regulatory action and adverse publicity.

China enacted a labor contract law which took effect January 1, 2008 and on September 18, 2008 an implementing regulation took effect. On October 28, 2010 China enacted a social insurance law that came into effect on July 1, 2011. We have reviewed our employment contracts and contractual relations with employees in China, which include certain of our employed sales personnel, and have transferred those employed sales personnel into independent service providers and have made such other changes as we believe to be necessary or appropriate to bring these contracts and contractual relations into compliance with these laws and their implementing regulations. In addition, we continue to monitor the situation to determine how these laws and regulations will be implemented in practice. There is no guarantee that these laws will not adversely impact us, cause us to change our operating plan for China or otherwise have an adverse impact on our business operations in China.

If our operations in China are successful, we may experience rapid growth in China, and there can be no assurances that we will be able to successfully manage rapid expansion of manufacturing operations and a rapidly growing and dynamic sales force. If we are unable to effectively manage such growth and expansion of our retail stores and manufacturing operations, our government relations may be compromised and our operations in China may be harmed.

If we fail to further penetrate existing markets and expand our business into new markets, then the growth in sales of our products, along with our operating results, could be negatively impacted.

The success of our business is to a large extent contingent on our ability to further penetrate existing markets and to a much less extent enter into new markets. Our ability to further penetrate existing markets or to expand our business into additional countries in Eastern Europe, Southeast Asia, South America or elsewhere, to the extent we believe that we have identified attractive geographic expansion opportunities in the future, is subject to numerous factors, many of which are out of our control.

In addition, government regulations in both our domestic and international markets can delay or prevent the introduction, or require the reformulation or withdrawal, of some of our products, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, our ability to increase market penetration in certain countries may be limited by the finite number of persons in a given country inclined to pursue a direct selling business opportunity or consumers willing to purchase Herbalife products. Moreover, our growth will depend upon improved training and other activities that enhance distributor retention in our markets. While we have recently experienced significant growth in certain of our markets, we cannot assure you that such growth levels will continue in the immediate or long term future. Furthermore, our efforts to support growth in such international markets could be hampered to the extent that our infrastructure in such markets is deficient when compared to our more developed markets, such as the U.S. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our general efforts to increase our market penetration and distributor retention in existing markets will be successful. If we are unable to continue to expand into new markets or further penetrate existing markets, our operating results could suffer.

Our contractual obligation to sell our products only through our Herbalife distributor network and to refrain from changing certain aspects of our marketing plan may limit our growth.

We are a party to an agreement with our distributors that provides assurances that we will not sell Herbalife products through any distribution channel other than our network of independent Herbalife distributors. Thus, we are contractually prohibited from expanding our business by selling Herbalife products through other distribution channels that may be available to our competitors, such as over the internet, through wholesale sales, by establishing retail stores or through mail order systems. Since this is an open-ended commitment, there can be no assurance that we will be able to take advantage of innovative new distribution channels that are developed in the future.

In addition, this agreement with our distributors provides that we will not change certain aspects of our marketing plan without the consent of a specified percentage of our distributors. For example, our agreement with our distributors provides that we may increase, but not decrease, the discount percentages available to our distributors for the purchase of products or the applicable royalty override percentages, including roll-ups, and production and other bonus percentages available to our distributors at various qualification levels within our distributor hierarchy. We may not modify the eligibility or qualification criteria for these discounts, royalty overrides and production and other bonuses unless we do so in a manner to make eligibility and/or qualification easier than under the applicable criteria in effect as of the date of the agreement. Our agreement with our distributors further provides that we may not vary the criteria for qualification for each distributor tier within our distributor hierarchy, unless we do so in such a way so as to make qualification easier.

 

47


Table of Contents

Although we reserved the right to make these changes to our marketing plan without the consent of our distributors in the event that changes are required by applicable law or are necessary in our reasonable business judgment to account for specific local market or currency conditions to achieve a reasonable profit on operations, there can be no assurance that our agreement with our distributors will not restrict our ability to adapt our marketing plan to the evolving requirements of the markets in which we operate. As a result, our growth may be limited.

We depend on the integrity and reliability of our information technology infrastructure, and any related inadequacies may result in substantial interruptions to our business.

Our ability to provide products and services to our distributors depends on the performance and availability of our core transactional systems. We upgraded our back office systems globally to the Oracle Enterprise Suite which is supported by a robust hardware and network infrastructure. The Oracle Enterprise Suite is a scalable and stable solution that provides a solid foundation upon which we are building our next generation Distributor facing Internet toolset. While we continue to invest in our information technology infrastructure, there can be no assurance that there will not be any significant interruptions to such systems or that the systems will be adequate to meet all of our future business needs.

The most important aspect of our information technology infrastructure is the system through which we record and track distributor sales, volume points, royalty overrides, bonuses and other incentives. We have encountered, and may encounter in the future, errors in our software or our enterprise network, or inadequacies in the software and services supplied by our vendors, although to date none of these errors or inadequacies has had a meaningful adverse impact on our business. Any such errors or inadequacies that we may encounter in the future may result in substantial interruptions to our services and may damage our relationships with, or cause us to lose, our distributors if the errors or inadequacies impair our ability to track sales and pay royalty overrides, bonuses and other incentives, which would harm our financial condition and operating results. Such errors may be expensive or difficult to correct in a timely manner, and we may have little or no control over whether any inadequacies in software or services supplied to us by third parties are corrected, if at all.

Our ability to effectively manage our network of independent distributors, and to ship products, and track royalty and bonus payments on a timely basis, depends significantly on our information systems. The failure of our information systems to operate effectively, or a breach in security of these systems, could adversely impact the promptness and accuracy of our product distribution and transaction processing. We could be required to make significant additional expenditures to remediate any such failure, problem or breach.

Anyone that is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate confidential or proprietary information, including that of third parties such as our independent distributors, cause interruption in our operations, damage our computers or otherwise damage our reputation and business. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by such breaches. Any actual security breaches could damage our reputation and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability under various laws and regulations. In addition, employee error or malfeasance or other errors in the storage, use or transmission of any such information could result in a disclosure to third parties. If this should occur we could incur significant expenses addressing such problems. Since we collect and store distributor and vendor information, including credit card information, these risks are heightened.

Since we rely on independent third parties for the manufacture and supply of certain of our products, if these third parties fail to reliably supply products to us at required levels of quality and which are manufactured in compliance with applicable laws, including the dietary supplement cGMPs, then our financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

The majority of our products are manufactured at third party contract manufacturers, with the exception of our products sold in China, which are manufactured in our Suzhou China facility, and certain of our top selling products which are produced in our manufacturing facility located in Lake Forest, California. It is the Company’s intention to expand the capacity of its existing manufacturing facilities, and add additional facilities, to produce additional products for our North America and international markets. We cannot assure you that our outside contract manufacturers will continue to reliably supply products to us at the levels of quality, or the quantities, we require, and in compliance with applicable laws, including under the FDA’s cGMP regulations. Additionally, while we are not presently aware of any current liquidity issues with our suppliers, we cannot assure you that they will not experience financial hardship as a result of the current global financial crisis.

Our supply contracts generally have a two-year term. Except for force majeure events such as natural disasters and other acts of God, and non-performance by Herbalife, our manufacturers generally cannot unilaterally terminate these contracts. These contracts can generally be extended by us at the end of the relevant time period and we have exercised this right in the past. Globally we have approximately 40 suppliers of our products. For our major products, we typically have both primary and secondary suppliers. Our

 

48


Table of Contents

major suppliers include Fine Foods (Italy) for meal replacements, protein powders and nutritional supplements, Valentine Enterprises (U.S.) for meal replacements and protein powders, Nature’s Bounty (U.S.) for meal replacements and nutritional supplements, and PharmaChem Labs (U.S.) for teas and Niteworks ® . Additionally we use contract manufacturers in India, Brazil, Korea, Japan, Taiwan and Germany to support our global business. In the event any of our contract manufacturers were to become unable or unwilling to continue to provide us with products in required volumes and at suitable quality levels, we would be required to identify and obtain acceptable replacement manufacturing sources. There is no assurance that we would be able to obtain alternative manufacturing sources on a timely basis. An extended interruption in the supply of products would result in the loss of sales. In addition, any actual or perceived degradation of product quality as a result of reliance on contract manufacturers may have an adverse effect on sales or result in increased product returns and buybacks. Also, as we experience ingredient and product price pressure in the areas of soy, fructose, dairy products, gums, plastics, and transportation reflecting global economic trends, we believe that we have the ability to mitigate some of these cost increases through improved optimization of our supply chain coupled with select increases in the retail prices of our products.

If we fail to protect our trademarks and tradenames, then our ability to compete could be negatively affected, which would harm our financial condition and operating results.

The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon the goodwill associated with our trademark and tradenames. We own, or have licenses to use, the material trademark and trade name rights used in connection with the packaging, marketing and distribution of our products in the markets where those products are sold. Therefore, trademark and trade name protection is important to our business. Although most of our trademarks are registered in the United States and in certain foreign countries in which we operate, we may not be successful in asserting trademark or trade name protection. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. The loss or infringement of our trademarks or tradenames could impair the goodwill associated with our brands and harm our reputation, which would harm our financial condition and operating results.

Unlike in most of the other markets in which we operate, limited protection of intellectual property is available under Chinese law. Accordingly, we face an increased risk in China that unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or use our trademarks, copyrights, product formulations or other intellectual property. Further, since Chinese commercial law is relatively undeveloped, we may have limited legal recourse in the event we encounter significant difficulties with intellectual property theft or infringement. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately protect our product formulations or other intellectual property.

We permit the limited use of our trademarks by our independent distributors to assist them in the marketing of our products. It is possible that doing so may increase the risk of unauthorized use or misuse of our trademarks in markets where their registration status differs from that asserted by our independent distributors, or they may be used in association with claims or products in a manner not permitted under applicable laws and regulations. Were this to occur it is possible that this could diminish the value of these marks or otherwise impair our further use of these marks.

If our distributors fail to comply with labeling laws, then our financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

Although the physical labeling of our products is not within the control of our independent distributors, our distributors must nevertheless advertise our products in compliance with the extensive regulations that exist in certain jurisdictions, such as the United States, which considers product advertising to be labeling for regulatory purposes.

Our products are sold principally as foods, dietary supplements and cosmetics and are subject to rigorous FDA and related legal regimens limiting the types of therapeutic claims that can be made for our products. The treatment or cure of disease, for example, is not a permitted claim for these products. While we train our distributors and attempt to monitor our distributors’ marketing materials, we cannot ensure that all such materials comply with applicable regulations, including bans on therapeutic claims. If our distributors fail to comply with these restrictions, then we and our distributors could be subjected to claims, financial penalties, mandatory product recalls or relabeling requirements, which could harm our financial condition and operating results. Although we expect that our responsibility for the actions of our independent distributors in such an instance would be dependent on a determination that we either controlled or condoned a noncompliant advertising practice, there can be no assurance that we could not be held vicariously liable for the actions of our independent distributors.

If our intellectual property is not adequate to provide us with a competitive advantage or to prevent competitors from replicating our products, or if we infringe the intellectual property rights of others, then our financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

Our future success and ability to compete depend upon our ability to timely produce innovative products and product enhancements that motivate our distributors and customers, which we attempt to protect under a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions. However, our products are generally not patented domestically or abroad, and the legal protections afforded by common law and contractual proprietary rights in our products provide

 

49


Table of Contents

only limited protection and may be time-consuming and expensive to enforce and/or maintain. Further, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our proprietary rights or from independently developing non-infringing products that are competitive with, equivalent to and/or superior to our products.

Monitoring infringement and/or misappropriation of intellectual property can be difficult and expensive, and we may not be able to detect every infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights. Even if we do detect infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights, litigation to enforce these rights could cause us to divert financial and other resources away from our business operations. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

Additionally, third parties may claim that products or marks that we have independently developed or which bear certain of our trademarks infringe upon their intellectual property rights and there can be no assurance that one or more of our products or marks will not be found to infringe upon third party intellectual property rights in the future. For example, in an action in the U.S. federal courts, the adidas companies alleged that certain uses of Herbalife’s Tri-Leaf device mark upon sports apparel items infringed upon their “Trefoil” mark associated with such goods. They also alleged that such uses of Herbalife’s Tri-Leaf device and certain Herbalife trademark applications constituted a breach of a 1998 agreement between the parties. The trademark claims and all claims for money damages were dismissed. On May 18, 2012 the trial court issued a final judgment in favor of adidas on its breach of contract claim, though awarding neither money damages nor injunctive relief to adidas. Adidas moved for reconsideration of this result and amendment of the judgment but the Court denied adidas’ motion on August 9, 2012. Neither party appealed the final judgment.

Since one of our products constitutes a significant portion of our retail sales, significant decreases in consumer demand for this product or our failure to produce a suitable replacement should we cease offering it would harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our Formula 1 meal replacement product constitutes a significant portion of our sales, accounting for approximately 29%, 29%, and 28% of net sales for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. If consumer demand for this product decreases significantly or we cease offering this product without a suitable replacement, then our financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

If we lose the services of members of our senior management team, then our financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

We depend on the continued services of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Michael O. Johnson, and our current senior management team as they work closely with the senior distributor leadership to create an environment of inspiration, motivation and entrepreneurial business success. Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain members of our senior management team, and do not believe that any of them are planning to leave or retire in the near term, we cannot assure you that our senior managers will remain with us. The loss or departure of any member of our senior management team could adversely impact our distributor relations and operating results. If any of these executives do not remain with us, our business could suffer. Also, the loss of key personnel, including our regional and country managers, could negatively impact our ability to implement our business strategy, and our continued success will also be dependent on our ability to retain existing, and attract additional, qualified personnel to meet our needs. We currently do not maintain “key person” life insurance with respect to our senior management team.

The covenants in our existing indebtedness limit our discretion with respect to certain business matters, which could limit our ability to pursue certain strategic objectives and in turn harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our credit facility contains financial and operating covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

 

   

pay dividends, redeem share capital or capital stock and make other restricted payments and investments;

 

   

incur or guarantee additional debt;

 

   

impose dividend or other distribution restrictions on our subsidiaries;

 

   

create liens on our and our subsidiaries’ assets;

 

   

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

   

merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries.

In addition, our credit facility requires us to meet certain financial ratios and financial conditions. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. Failure to comply with these covenants could result in a default causing all amounts to become due and payable under our credit facility, which is secured by substantially all of our domestic assets, against which the lenders thereunder could proceed to foreclose.

 

50


Table of Contents

If we do not comply with transfer pricing, customs duties, VAT, and similar regulations, then we may be subjected to additional taxes, duties, interest and penalties in material amounts, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

As a multinational corporation, in many countries including the United States we are subject to transfer pricing and other tax regulations designed to ensure that our intercompany transactions are consummated at prices that have not been manipulated to produce a desired tax result, that appropriate levels of income are reported as earned by our United States or local entities, and that we are taxed appropriately on such transactions. In addition, our operations are subject to regulations designed to ensure that appropriate levels of customs duties are assessed on the importation of our products. We are currently subject to pending or proposed audits that are at various levels of review, assessment or appeal in a number of jurisdictions involving transfer pricing issues, income taxes, customs duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes, sales and use and other taxes and related interest and penalties in material amounts. In some circumstances, additional taxes, interest and penalties have been assessed and we will be required to pay the assessments or post surety, in order to challenge the assessments.

The imposition of new taxes, even pass-through taxes such as VAT, could have an impact on our perceived product pricing and therefore a potential negative impact on our business. We have reserved in the consolidated financial statements an amount that we believe represents the most likely outcome of the resolution of these disputes, but if we are incorrect in our assessment we may have to pay the full amount asserted which could potentially be material. Ultimate resolution of these matters may take several years, and the outcome is uncertain. If the United States Internal Revenue Service or the taxing authorities of any other jurisdiction were to successfully challenge our transfer pricing practices or our positions regarding the payment of income taxes, customs duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes, sales and use, and other taxes, we could become subject to higher taxes and our revenue and earnings could be adversely affected.

On May 13, 2011, the Mexican Tax Administration Service issued a resolution nullifying a prior assessment in an amount equivalent to approximately $93 million, translated at the period ended spot rate, for various items, the majority of which was VAT allegedly owed on certain of our products imported into Mexico during years 2005 and 2006. Since, the Mexican Tax Administration Service can re-issue some or all of the original assessment, the Company commenced litigation in the Tax Court of Mexico in August 2011 to dispute the assertions made by the Mexican Tax Administration Service in the case. The Mexican Tax Administration Service filed a response which was received by the Company in April 2012. The response challenged the assertions that the Company made in its August 2011 filing.

The Mexican Tax Administration Service commenced audits of the Company’s Mexican subsidiaries for the period from January to September 2007 and the 2011 year. On October 19, 2012, the Mexican Tax Administration Service issued a preliminary audit report for the January to September 2007 period which primarily focused on VAT allegations. The final audit report for the January to September 2007 period was issued on December 11, 2012 and is substantially similar to the preliminary report. The Company has not yet received any assessment related to the final audit report. The Mexican Tax Authority generally issues an assessment within six months of the final audit report. At a meeting on April 4, 2013, the Mexican Tax Administration Service indicated that they anticipate assessing the Company for the period January 2, 2007 through September 14, 2007 for VAT related matters. The Company intends to file an administrative appeal disputing any assessment. The Company has not recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable.

The Company has not recognized a loss as the Company, based on its analysis and guidance from its advisors, does not believe a loss would be probable if the assessment is re-issued or if any additional assessment is issued. Further, we are currently unable to reasonably estimate a possible loss or range of loss that could result from an unfavorable outcome if the assessment was re-issued or any additional assessments were to be issued for these or other periods. We believe that we have meritorious defenses if the assessment is re-issued or would have meritorious defenses if any additional assessment is issued. Any adverse outcomes in these matters could have a material impact on our financial condition and operating results.

We could become a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We believe that we are currently not a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, this conclusion depends upon the composition of shareholders who own 10% or more of our outstanding shares, applying special rules including constructive ownership rules (“10% shareholders”), and whether such 10% shareholders who are United States persons or entities own in the aggregate more than 50% of our outstanding shares. If we were to be or become a “controlled foreign corporation,” our 10% shareholders would be subject to special tax treatment. Any shareholders who contemplate owning 10% or more of our outstanding shares (taking into account the impact of any share repurchases we may undertake pursuant to share repurchase programs) are urged to consult with their tax advisors with respect to the special rules applicable to 10% shareholders of controlled foreign corporations.

Changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations, or their interpretation could adversely affect us.

A change in applicable tax laws, treaties or regulations or their interpretation could result in a higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings and such change could be significant to our financial results. Tax legislative proposals intending to eliminate some perceived tax advantages of companies that have legal domiciles outside the U.S. but have certain U.S. connections have repeatedly been introduced in the U.S. Congress. If these proposals are enacted, the result would increase our effective tax rate and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

 

51


Table of Contents

We may be held responsible for certain taxes or assessments relating to the activities of our distributors, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our distributors are subject to taxation, and in some instances, legislation or governmental agencies impose an obligation on us to collect taxes, such as value added taxes and social contributions, and to maintain appropriate records. In addition, we are subject to the risk in some jurisdictions of being responsible for social security, withholding or other taxes with respect to payments to our distributors. For example, in Spain, Brazil and Italy, the Company received tax assessments from the authorities for withholding taxes, social contributions, and related items in connection with payments made to distributors in those countries in prior periods. The Company has appealed the assessments. In the case of Spain substantially all the assessment was withdrawn and in the case of Italy the assessment is anticipated to be withdrawn. The Company believes it has meritorious defenses in other instances. In addition, in the event that local laws and regulations or the interpretation of local laws and regulations change to require us to treat our independent distributors as employees, or that our distributors are deemed by local regulatory authorities in one or more of the jurisdictions in which we operate to be our employees rather than independent contractors under existing laws and interpretations, we may be held responsible for social contributions, withholding and related taxes in those jurisdictions, plus any related assessments and penalties, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our products consist of vitamins, minerals and botanicals and other ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Our products could contain contaminated substances, and some of our products contain some ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. We rely upon published and unpublished safety information including clinical studies on ingredients used in our products and conduct limited clinical studies on some key products but not all products. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, we have been, and may again be, subjected to various product liability claims, including that the products contain contaminants, the products include inadequate instructions as to their uses, or the products include inadequate warnings concerning side effects and interactions with other substances. It is possible that widespread product liability claims could increase our costs, and adversely affect our revenues and operating income. Moreover, liability claims arising from a serious adverse event may increase our costs through higher insurance premiums and deductibles, and may make it more difficult to secure adequate insurance coverage in the future. In addition, our product liability insurance may fail to cover future product liability claims, thereby requiring us to pay substantial monetary damages and adversely affecting our business. Finally, given the higher level of self-insured retentions that we have accepted under our current product liability insurance policies, which are as high as approximately $10 million, in certain cases we may be subject to the full amount of liability associated with any injuries, which could be substantial.

Several years ago, a number of states restricted the sale of dietary supplements containing botanical sources of ephedrine alkaloids and on February 6, 2004, the FDA banned the use of such ephedrine alkaloids. Until late 2002, we had sold Thermojetics ® original green herbal tablets, Thermojetics ® green herbal tablets and Thermojetics ® gold herbal tablets, all of which contained ephedrine alkaloids. Accordingly, we run the risk of product liability claims related to the ingestion of ephedrine alkaloids contained in those products. Currently, we have been named as a defendant in product liability lawsuits seeking to link the ingestion of certain of the aforementioned products to subsequent alleged medical problems suffered by plaintiffs. Although we believe that we have meritorious defenses to the allegations contained in these lawsuits, and are vigorously defending these claims, there can be no assurance that we will prevail in our defense of any or all of these matters.

We are subject to, among other things, requirements regarding the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting. In connection with these requirements, we conduct regular audits of our business and operations. Our failure to identify or correct deficiencies and areas of weakness in the course of these audits could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

We are required to comply with various corporate governance and financial reporting requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules and regulations adopted by the SEC, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board and the New York Stock Exchange. In particular, we are required to include management and auditor reports on the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting as part of our annual reports on Form 10-K, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect to continue to spend significant amounts of time and money on compliance with these rules. Our failure to correct any noted weaknesses in internal controls over financial reporting could result in the disclosure of material weaknesses which could have a material adverse effect upon the market value of our stock.

 

52


Table of Contents

On a regular and on-going basis, we conduct audits through our internal audit department of various aspects of our business and operations. These internal audits are conducted to insure compliance with our policies and to strengthen our operations and related internal controls. The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors regularly reviews the results of these internal audits and, when appropriate, suggests remedial measures and actions to correct noted deficiencies or strengthen areas of weakness. There can be no assurance that these internal audits will uncover all material deficiencies or areas of weakness in our operations or internal controls. If left undetected and uncorrected, such deficiencies and weaknesses could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

From time to time, the results of these internal audits may necessitate that we conduct further investigations into aspects of our business or operations. In addition, our business practices and operations may periodically be investigated by one or more of the many governmental authorities with jurisdiction over our worldwide operations. In the event that these investigations produce unfavorable results, we may be subjected to fines, penalties or loss of licenses or permits needed to operate in certain jurisdictions, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or operating results.

Holders of our common shares may face difficulties in protecting their interests because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, by the Companies Law (2012 Revision), or the Companies Law, and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the United States. Therefore, shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by our management or board of directors than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States, due to the comparatively less developed nature of Cayman Islands law in this area.

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies such as Herbalife have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records and accounts or to obtain copies of lists of our shareholders. Our directors have discretion under our articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

A shareholder can bring a suit personally where its individual rights have been, or are about to be, infringed. Where an action is brought to redress any loss or damage suffered by us, we would be the proper plaintiff, and a shareholder could not ordinarily maintain an action on our behalf, except where it was permitted by the courts of the Cayman Islands to proceed with a derivative action. Our Cayman Islands counsel, Maples and Calder, is not aware of any reported decisions in relation to a derivative action brought in a Cayman Islands court. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, a shareholder may be permitted to bring a claim derivatively on the Company’s behalf, where:

 

   

a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or outside the scope of its corporate authority;

 

   

the act complained of, although not acting outside the scope of its corporate authority, could be effected only if authorized by more than a simple majority vote; or

 

   

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority”.

Provisions of our articles of association and Cayman Islands corporate law may impede a takeover or make it more difficult for shareholders to change the direction or management of the Company, which could reduce shareholders’ opportunity to influence management of the Company.

Our articles of association permit our board of directors to issue preference shares from time to time, with such rights and preferences as they consider appropriate. Our board of directors could authorize the issuance of preference shares with terms and conditions and under circumstances that could have an effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction.

In addition, our articles of association contain certain other provisions which could have an effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction or preventing or making it more difficult for shareholders to change the direction or management of our Company, including a classified board, the inability of shareholders to act by written consent, a limitation on the ability of shareholders to call special meetings of shareholders and advance notice provisions. As a result, our shareholders may have less input into the management of our Company than they might otherwise have if these provisions were not included in our articles of association.

The Cayman Islands have provisions under the Companies Law to facilitate mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. These provisions, contained within Part XVI of the Companies Law, are broadly similar to the merger provisions as provided for under Delaware Law.

 

53


Table of Contents

There are however a number of important differences that could impede a takeover. First, the threshold for approval of the merger plan by shareholders is higher. The threshold is a special resolution of the shareholders (being 66 2/3% of those present in person or by proxy and voting) together with such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in the articles of association.

Additionally, the consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest (in essence a documented security interest as opposed to one arising by operation of law) is required to be obtained unless the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands waives such requirement.

The merger provisions contained within Part XVI of the Companies Law do contain shareholder appraisal rights similar to those provided for under Delaware law. Such rights are limited to a merger under Part XVI and do not apply to schemes of arrangement as discussed below.

The Companies Law also contains separate statutory provisions that provide for the merger, reconstruction and amalgamation of companies. These are commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as “schemes of arrangement.”

The procedural and legal requirements necessary to consummate these transactions are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States. Under Cayman Islands law and practice, a scheme of arrangement in relation to a solvent Cayman Islands company must be approved at a shareholders’ meeting by a majority of each class of the company’s shareholders who are present and voting (either in person or by proxy) at such meeting. The shares voted in favor of the scheme of arrangement must also represent at least 75% of the value of each relevant class of the company’s shareholders present and voting at the meeting. The convening of these meetings and the terms of the amalgamation must also be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. Although there is no requirement to seek the consent of the creditors of the parties involved in the scheme of arrangement, the Grand Court typically seeks to ensure that the creditors have consented to the transfer of their liabilities to the surviving entity or that the scheme of arrangement does not otherwise materially adversely affect creditors’ interests. Furthermore, the court will only approve a scheme of arrangement if it is satisfied that:

 

   

the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

 

   

the shareholders who voted at the meeting in question fairly represent the relevant class of shareholders to which they belong;

 

   

the scheme of arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

 

   

the scheme of arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

If the scheme of arrangement is approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

In addition, if an offer by a third party to purchase shares in us has been approved by the holders of at least 90% of our outstanding shares (not including such a third party) pursuant to an offer within a four-month period of making such an offer, the purchaser may, during the two months following expiration of the four-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer their shares on the same terms on which the purchaser acquired the first 90% of our outstanding shares. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

There is uncertainty as to shareholders’ ability to enforce certain foreign civil liabilities in the Cayman Islands.

We are incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands. A material portion of our assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to enforce judgments against us or judgments obtained in U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands counsel, Maples and Calder, that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will — based on the principle that a judgment by a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given — recognize and enforce a foreign judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such judgment is final, for a liquidated sum, not in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, is not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matters, and was not obtained in a manner, and is not of a kind, the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands. There is doubt, however, as to whether the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands will (1) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States, or (2) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, impose liabilities predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States, on the grounds that such provisions are penal in nature.

 

54


Table of Contents

The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Our stock price may be affected by speculative trading, including those shorting our stock.

In late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of our network marketing program and announced that his fund had taken a significant short position regarding our common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and significant stock price volatility. Following this public announcement in December 2012, our stock price dropped from $42.50 on December 18, 2012, to prices as low as $24.24 in the following week. Our stock price has continued to exhibit heightened volatility. As of January 15, 2013, the New York Stock Exchange reported a short interest of approximately 35.8 million of our common shares, which constitutes approximately 33% of our outstanding shares. As of the end of fiscal year 2012, the number of common shares sold short represented a significantly unusual high short position based on our historical trend, where our short interests in our common shares were less than 5% at the end of fiscal year 2011 compared to approximately 35% at the end of fiscal year 2012. It is also possible that the New York Stock Exchange short interest reporting system does not fully capture the total short interest and that it could be larger. Short sellers expect to make a profit if our common shares decline in value, and their actions and their public statements may cause further volatility in our share price. While a number of traders have publicly announced that they have taken long positions contrary to the hedge fund shorting our shares, the existence of such a significant short interest position and the related publicity may lead to continued volatility. The volatility of our stock may cause the value of a shareholder’s investment to decline rapidly.

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

 

  (a) None.

 

  (b) None.

 

  (c) On April 17, 2009, our share repurchase program adopted on April 18, 2007 expired pursuant to its terms. On April 30, 2009, we announced that our board of directors authorized a new share repurchase program for us to repurchase up to $300 million of our common shares during the next two years, at such times and prices as determined by our management. On May 3, 2010, our board of directors approved an increase to this program from $300 million to $1 billion. In addition, our board of directors approved the extension of the program from April 2011 to December 2014.

On May 2, 2012, we entered into an agreement with Merrill Lynch International to repurchase $427.9 million of our common shares, which was the remaining authorized capacity under the $1 billion share repurchase program at that time. Under the terms of the repurchase agreement, we paid $427.9 million on May 4, 2012 and the agreement was to expire on July 27, 2012. We received 5.3 million and 3.9 million of our common shares under the repurchase agreement during June 2012 and July 2012, respectively. The total number of common shares repurchased under the agreement was determined generally upon a discounted volume-weighted average share price of our common shares over the course of the agreement. On July 27, 2012, we completed the $1 billion share repurchase program upon the final delivery of common shares repurchased under the repurchase agreement.

On July 30, 2012, we announced that our board of directors authorized a new $1 billion share repurchase program that will expire on June 30, 2017. This share repurchase program allows us to repurchase our common shares, at such times and prices as determined by our management as market conditions warrant. The Credit Facility permits us to repurchase our common shares as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded.

The following is a summary of our repurchases of common shares during the three months ended March 31, 2013:

 

Period

   Total
Number
of Shares
Purchased
     Average
Price
Paid per
Share
     Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs
     Approximate
Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased  Under
the Plans or
Programs
 

January 1 — January 31

     3,434,142       $ 41.49         3,434,142       $ 807,548,145   

February 1 — February 28

     565,620       $ 35.26         565,620       $ 787,602,817   

March 1 — March 31

     —          —          —        $ 787,602,817   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    
     3,999,762       $ 40.61         3,999,762       $ 787,602,817   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

 

55


Table of Contents

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

None.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Item 5. Other Information

 

  (a) None.

 

  (b) None.

Item 6. Exhibits

(a) Exhibit Index:

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

   Reference  
3.1    Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Herbalife Ltd.      (d
4.1    Form of Share Certificate      (d
10.1    Form of Indemnity Agreement between Herbalife International Inc. and certain officers and directors of Herbalife International, Inc.      (a
10.2#    Herbalife International of America, Inc.’s Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 1996, as amended      (a
10.3#    Herbalife International of America, Inc.’s Management Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 1996, as amended      (a
10.4#    Master Trust Agreement between Herbalife International of America, Inc. and Imperial Trust Company, Inc., effective January 1, 1996      (a
10.5#    Herbalife International Inc. 401K Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, as amended      (a
10.6    Notice to Distributors regarding Amendment to Agreements of Distributorship, dated as of July 18, 2002 between Herbalife International, Inc. and each Herbalife Distributor      (a
10.7    Indemnity agreement dated as of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., WH Acquisition Corp., Whitney & Co., LLC, Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P., GGC Administration, L.L.C., Golden Gate Private Equity, Inc., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E, CCG Associates-QP, LLC and WH Investments Ltd.      (a
10.8#    WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan, as restated, dated as of November 5, 2003      (a
10.9#    Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2003 between WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson      (a
10.10#    Side Letter Agreement dated as of April 3, 2003 by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., Michael O. Johnson and the Shareholders listed therein      (a
10.11#    Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Non-Executive Agreement)      (a
10.12#    Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Executive Agreement)      (a
10.13    Indemnity Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2004, among WH Capital Corporation and Brett R. Chapman      (a
10.14#    First Amendment to Amended and Restated WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd. Stock Incentive Plan, dated November 5, 2003      (a

 

56


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

   Reference  
10.15    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P., WH Investments Ltd., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, L.P., CCG AV, LLC-Series C and CCG AV, LLC-Series E.      (b
10.16    Share Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2002, by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P., WH Investments Ltd., Whitney V, L.P., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C and CCG AV, LLC-Series E.      (b
10.17    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Herbalife Ltd. and the directors and certain officers of Herbalife Ltd.      (c
10.18#    Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, effective December 1, 2004      (c
10.19    Indemnification Agreement, dated as of December 13, 2004, by and among Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International, Inc., Whitney V, L.P., Whitney Strategic Partners V, L.P., CCG Investments (BVI), L.P., CCG Associates-QP, LLC, CCG Associates-AI, LLC, CCG Investment Fund-AI, LP, CCG AV, LLC-Series C, CCG AV, LLC-Series E, CCG CI, LLC and GGC Administration, LLC.      (d
10.20#    Amendment No. 1 to Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan      (e
10.21#    Form of 2004 Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement      (j
10.22#    Form of 2004 Herbalife Ltd. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan Non-Employee Director Stock Option Agreement      (j
10.23#    Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan      (f
10.24#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement      (n
10.25#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement      (n
10.26#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement applicable to Michael O. Johnson      (n
10.27#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to Michael O. Johnson      (n
10.28#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement applicable to Messrs. Richard P. Goudis and Brett R. Chapman      (n
10.29#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to Messrs. Richard P. Goudis and Brett R. Chapman      (n
10.30#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement applicable to Mr. Michael O. Johnson      (q
10.31#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to Mr. Michael O. Johnson      (q
10.32#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement applicable to Messrs. Brett R. Chapman and Richard Goudis      (q
10.33#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to Messrs. Brett R. Chapman and Richard Goudis      (q
10.34#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement      (q
10.35#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement      (q
10.36#    Herbalife Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan      *   
10.37#    Employment Agreement dated as of March 27, 2008 between Michael O. Johnson and Herbalife International of America, Inc.      *   
10.38#    Stock Unit Award Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson, dated March 27, 2008.      *   
10.39#    Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson, dated March 27, 2008.      *   
10.40#    Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson, dated March 27, 2008.      *   
10.41#    Amendment to Herbalife International Inc. 401K Profit Sharing Plan and Trust      (g
10.42#    Form of Independent Directors Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement      (h
10.43#    Herbalife Ltd. Amended and Restated Independent Directors Deferred Compensation and Stock Unit Plan      (h
10.44#    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Richard P. Goudis and Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated as of January 1, 2010.      (i
10.45#    First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Richard P. Goudis and Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated as of December 28, 2010.      (l

 

57


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

   Reference  
10.46#    Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Brett Chapman and Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated as of June 1, 2010.      (k
10.47#    First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Brett R. Chapman and Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated as of December 26, 2010.      (l
10.48#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement      (j
10.49#    Amended and Restated Non-Management Directors Compensation Plan      (j
10.50#    Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Non-Employee Directors Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement      (j
10.51#    Severance Agreement by and between John DeSimone and Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated as of February 23, 2011.      (m
10.52#    Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2011, by Desmond Walsh and Herbalife International of America, Inc.      (m
10.53    Credit Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2011, by and among Herbalife International, Inc. (“HII”), Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.a.R.L., certain subsidiaries of HII as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.      (n
10.54    First Amendment, dated July 26, 2012, to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2011, by and among Herbalife International, Inc. (“HII”), Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.a.R.L., certain subsidiaries of HII as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.      (q
10.55#    Amendment to Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan      (o
10.56#    Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement, dated August 4, 2011, by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson      (p
10.57    Confirmation between Merrill Lynch International and Herbalife Ltd.      (q
10.58    Support Agreement, dated February 28, 2013, by and between Carl C. Icahn, Herbalife Ltd., Icahn Partners Master Fund LP, Icahn Partners Master Fund II LP, Icahn Partners Master Fund III LP, Icahn Offshore LP, Icahn Partners LP, Icahn Onshore LP, Beckton Corp., Hopper Investments LLC, Barberry Corp., High River Limited Partnership, Icahn Capital LP, IPH GP LLC, Icahn Enterprises Holdings L.P., and Icahn Enterprises G.P. Inc.      (r
31.1    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer      *   
31.2    Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer      *   
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document      *   
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document      *   
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document      *   
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document      *   
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document      *   
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document      *   

 

 

* Filed herewith.
# Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(a) Previously filed on October 1, 2004 as an Exhibit to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-119485) and is incorporated herein by reference.
(b) Previously filed on November 9, 2004 as an Exhibit to Amendment No. 2 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-119485) and is incorporated herein by reference.
(c) Previously filed on December 2, 2004 as an Exhibit to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-119485) and is incorporated herein by reference.
(d) Previously filed on December 14, 2004 as an Exhibit to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-119485) and is incorporated herein by reference.
(e) Previously filed on February 17, 2005 as an Exhibit to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-122871) and is incorporated herein by reference.
(f) Previously filed on April 30, 2010 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
(g) Previously filed on May 4, 2009 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009 and is incorporated by reference.

 

58


Table of Contents
(h) Previously filed on May 3, 2010 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010 and is incorporated by reference.
(i) Previously filed on June 17, 2010 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
(j) Previously filed on August 2, 2010 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010 and is incorporated by reference.
(k) Previously filed on August 3, 2010 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
(l) Previously filed on December 29, 2010 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
(m) Previously filed on March 1, 2011 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
(n) Previously filed on May 2, 2011 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011 and is incorporated by reference.
(o) Previously filed on April 29, 2011 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
(p) Previously filed on August 10, 2011 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
(q) Previously filed on July 30, 2012 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 and is incorporated herein by reference.
(r) Previously filed on March 1, 2013 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

59


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

HERBALIFE LTD.
By:   /s/ JOHN G. DESIMONE
 

John G. DeSimone

Chief Financial Officer

Dated: April 29, 2013

 

60

Exhibit 10.36

HERBALIFE LTD.

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

(Adopted in March 15, 2007 and Approved by Shareholders April 26, 2007)

Herbalife Ltd. (the “ Company ”) hereby establishes and adopts the Herbalife Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ Plan ”).

1. PURPOSE

The purpose of the Plan is to provide eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries with an opportunity to participate in the Company’s success by purchasing the Company’s Common Shares through payroll deductions. The Company intends the Plan to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the provisions of the Plan shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a subplan established pursuant to Section 11 hereof shall not be considered part of the Plan for purposes of Section 423 of the Code.

2. DEFINITIONS

2.1. “ Account ” shall mean the account maintained on behalf of the Committee to which are credited (i) payroll deductions pursuant to Section 6 and (ii) Common Shares acquired upon exercise of an option pursuant to Section 7.

2.2. “ Authorization Form ” shall mean a form established by the Committee authorizing payroll deductions as set forth in Section 4 and such other terms and conditions as the Committee from time to time may determine.

2.3. “ Board ” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

2.4. “ Committee ” shall mean a committee of one or more members, designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which may consist of directors, officers or other employees.

2.5. “ Common Shares ” means the Company’s common shares, par value $.001, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14.

2.6. “ Compensation ” shall mean the regular salary of a Participant from the Company or a Designated Subsidiary. Compensation shall be determined prior to the Employee’s pre-tax contributions pursuant to Section 125 and Section 401(k) of the Code, and shall exclude bonuses, compensation from the exercise of stock options or from non-taxable fringe benefits provided by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary.

2.7. “ Designated Subsidiaries ” shall mean Subsidiaries that have been designated by the Committee from time to time, in its sole discretion, as eligible to participate in the Plan.


2.8. “ Eligible Employee ” shall mean any Employee who has completed at least sixty (60) days of continuous employment with the Company or a Subsidiary excluding:

(a) any Employee who customarily is employed for 20 hours or less per week;

(b) any Employee who customarily is employed for not more than five (5) months in a calendar year, or

(c) any Employee who would own for purposes of Section 424(b)(3) of the Code, stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company (or of a Subsidiary or parent, if any).

2.9. “ Employee ” means any individual classified as an employee (within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code) by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on the Company’s or such Designated Subsidiary’s payroll records during the relevant participation period. Individuals classified as independent contractors, consultants, advisers, or members of the Board or the board of directors of a Designated Subsidiary are not considered “Employees” solely by virtue of such station.

2.10. “ Exercise Date ” shall mean the last business day of each Offering Period in which payroll deductions are made under the Plan.

2.11. “ Fair Market Value ” per share as of a particular date shall mean the per share closing sales price of the Common Shares as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on that date (or if there were no reported prices on such date, on the last preceding date on which the prices were reported) or, if the Company is not then listed on the New York Stock Exchange, on such other principal securities exchange on which the Common Shares are traded.

2.12. “ Offering Date ” shall mean the first business day of each Offering Period.

2.13. “ Offering Period ” shall mean a period of six (6) months, or such other period of time as determined from time to time by the Committee. In no event shall an Offering Period exceed twenty-seven (27) months. The first Offering Period shall commence after shareholder approval of the Plan.

2.14. “ Participant ” shall mean an Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan.

2.15. “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation having the relationship to the Company described in Section 424(f) of the Code.

3. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

Subject to Section 14, 1,000,000 Common Shares may be issued under the Plan. Such shares may be authorized but unissued Common Shares or Common Shares acquired by the Company in the open market or otherwise. If the total number of shares which would otherwise be subject to options granted under the Plan on an Offering Date exceeds the number of shares then available under the Plan (after deduction of all shares for which options have been exercised or are then outstanding), the Committee shall make a pro rata allocation of the shares remaining available for option grant in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Committee shall give written notice to each Participant of such reduction of the number of option shares affected thereby and shall similarly reduce the rate of payroll deductions, if necessary.

 

2


4. PARTICIPATION

4.1. Each Eligible Employee on an Offering Date shall become a Participant as of the Offering Date by completing an Authorization Form and filing it with the Committee by the date required by the Committee pursuant to such method as it may be establish from time to time in its sole discretion. Such authorization will remain in effect for subsequent Offering Periods, until modified or terminated by the Participant.

4.2. Any person who first becomes an Eligible Employee during an Offering Period shall become a Participant as of the first day of a subsequent Offering Date by completing an Authorization Form and filing it with the Committee by the date required by the Committee pursuant to such method as may be established by the Committee from time to time in its sole discretion. Such authorization will remain in effect for subsequent Offering Periods, until modified or terminated by the Participant.

4.3. A person shall cease to be a Participant upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the date the Participant ceases to be an Eligible Employee for any reason;

(b) the first day of the Offering Period beginning after the date on which the Participant ceases payroll deduction under the Plan pursuant to Section 6.1; or

(c) the date of a withdrawal from the Plan by the Participant as provided in Section 9.

5. GRANT OF OPTION

5.1. On each Offering Date the Company shall grant each Participant an option to purchase Common Shares, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3 and 5.3.

5.2. The option price per Common Share subject to an offering shall be, unless otherwise determined by the Committee and communicated to Participants prior to the deadline for Participants to file their Authorization Forms for the Offering Period to which the Authorization Form applies, eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the Exercise Date.

5.3. No Participant shall be granted an option which permits the Participant’s rights to purchase Common Shares under the Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of the Fair Market Value of the Common Shares on the Offering Date for each calendar year in which such option is outstanding at any time; for purposes of this limitation, there shall be counted only options to which Section 423 of the Code applies.

 

3


6. PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS

6.1. A Participant may, in accordance with rules adopted by the Committee, file an Authorization Form that authorize a payroll deduction of any whole number percentage from one percent (1%) to ten percent (10%) (or such other percentage as may be established by the Committee from time to time in its sole discretion) of such Participant’s Compensation on each pay period during the Offering Period. A Participant may increase such payroll deduction effective as of each Offering Date provided the Participant files an Authorization Form requesting the increase in accordance with rules established by the Committee. A Participant may decrease or cease payroll deductions during an Offering Period by filing an Authorization Form requesting the decrease or cessation in accordance with rules established by the Committee.

6.2. All payroll deductions made by a Participant shall be credited to the Participant’s Account. A Participant may not make any additional payments to the Participant’s Account.

7. EXERCISE OF OPTION

7.1. Unless a Participant withdraws from the Plan as provided in Section 9, the Participant’s option to purchase Common Shares will be exercised automatically on the Exercise Date, and the maximum number of full Common Shares subject to such option will be purchased for such Participant at the applicable option price with the accumulated payroll deductions in the Participant’s Account. No fractional shares shall be issued under the Plan.

7.2. The Common Shares purchased upon exercise of an option hereunder shall be credited to the Participant’s Account and shall be deemed to be transferred to the Participant on the Exercise Date and, except as otherwise provided herein, the Participant shall have all rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares. Common Shares received upon stock dividends or stock splits shall be treated as having been purchased on the Exercise Date of the shares to which they relate.

8. DELIVERY OF COMMON SHARES

As promptly as practicable after receipt by the Committee of a request for withdrawal of Common Shares from any Participant in accordance with rules established by the Committee, the Committee shall arrange for delivery to such Participant of the Common Shares which the Participant requests to withdraw. Withdrawals may be made no more frequently than twice each calendar year unless approved by the Committee in its sole discretion.

9. WITHDRAWAL; TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

9.1. A Participant may withdraw all, but not less than all, the payroll deductions and cash dividends credited to the Participant’s Account at any time by giving written notice to the Committee which is received at least thirty (30) days prior to the Exercise Date (or such other notice period as may be established by the Committee from time to time in its sole discretion). All such payroll deductions and cash dividends credited to the Participant’s Account will be paid to the Participant promptly after receipt of such Participant’s notice of withdrawal and the Participant’s option for the Offering Period in which the withdrawal occurs will be automatically terminated. No further payroll deductions for the purchase of Common Shares will be made for the Participant during such Offering Period, and any additional cash dividends during the Offering Period will be distributed to the Participant.

 

4


9.2. Upon termination of a Participant’s status as an Employee during the Offering Period for any reason the payroll deductions and cash dividends remaining credited to the Participant’s Account will be returned (and any future cash dividends will be distributed) to the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, the estate of the Participant, and the Participant’s option will be automatically terminated. A Participant’s status as an Employee shall not be considered terminated in the case of a leave of absence agreed to in writing by the Company or a Subsidiary (including but not limited to, military and sick leave), provided that such leave is for a period of not more than six (6) months or reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute.

9.3. A Participant’s withdrawal from an offering will not have any effect upon such Participant’s eligibility to participant in a subsequent offering.

10. DIVIDENDS

10.1. Cash dividends paid on Common Shares held in a Participant’s Account shall be distributed to Participants as soon as practicable. Dividends paid in Common Shares or stock splits of the Common Shares shall be credited to the Accounts of Participants. Dividends paid on Common Shares in property (other than cash or Common Shares) shall be distributed to Participants as soon as practicable.

10.2. No interest shall accrue on or be payable with respect to the payroll deductions or credited cash dividends or a Participant in the Plan.

11. ADMINISTRATION

The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, and the Committee may select a third party administrator to whom its duties and responsibilities hereunder may be delegated. The Committee shall have full power and authority, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to promulgate such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, to interpret the provisions and supervise the administration of the Plan, and to take all action in connection therewith or in relation thereto as it deems necessary or advisable. Any decision reduced to writing and signed by a majority of the members of the Committee shall be fully effective as if it had been made at a meeting duly held. The determination of the Committee on any matters relating to the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive. The Company will pay all expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan. No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Committee shall be fully indemnified by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation.

 

5


The Committee may adopt rules or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures regarding handling of payroll deductions or other contributions by Participants, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, data privacy security, payroll tax, withholding procedures and handling of stock certificates which vary with local requirements; however, if such varying provisions are not in accordance with the provisions of Section 423(b) of the Code, including but not limited to the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all options granted under the Plan shall have the same rights and privileges unless otherwise provided under the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, then the individuals affected by such varying provisions shall be deemed to be participating under a sub-plan and not in the Plan. The Committee may also adopt subplans applicable to particular Subsidiaries or locations, which sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code and shall be deemed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code unless the terms of the sub-plan provide to the contrary. The rules of such subplans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 3, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such subplan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such subplan. The Committee shall not be required to obtain the approval of shareholders prior to the adoption, amendment or termination of any subplan unless required by the laws of the foreign jurisdiction in which Eligible Employees participating in the subplan are located.

12. NO TRANSFERABILITY

Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participant’s Account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive Common Shares under the Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be without effect, except that the Committee may treat such act as an election to withdraw funds in accordance with Section 9.

13. USE OF FUNDS

All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

14. EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHANGES

14.1. In the event of any recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination or exchange of shares, repurchase of shares, distribution of cash or property (other than a regular cash dividend) spin-off or similar transaction or other change in corporate structure affecting the Common Shares or the value thereof, the Committee shall determine the equitable adjustments to be made under the Plan, including without limitation adjustments to the number of Common Shares which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but have not yet been granted under options, as well as the price per Common Share covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised.

14.2. In the event of the proposed liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the Offering Period will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction, unless otherwise provided by the Board in its sole discretion, and all outstanding options shall automatically terminate and the amounts of all payroll deductions will be refunded without interest to the Participants.

 

6


14.3. In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the merger or consolidation or similar combination of the Company with or into another entity, then in the sole discretion of the Board, either (1) each option shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be substituted by the successor corporation or parent or subsidiary of such successor entity, (2) a date established by the Board on or before the date of consummation of such merger, consolidation, combination or sale shall be treated as a Exercise Date, and all outstanding options shall be exercised on such date, (3) all outstanding options shall terminate and the accumulated payroll deductions will be refunded without interest to the Participants, or (4) outstanding options shall continue unchanged.

15. TERMINATION OR AMENDMENT

The Board may at any time terminate, suspend or amend the Plan as it shall deem advisable. No such termination may adversely affect options previously granted without the consent of affected Participants. No amendment shall be effective unless approved by the shareholders of the Company if shareholder approval of such amendment is required to comply with applicable law, including the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange (or such other principal securities market on which the Common Shares are traded).

16. NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

Nothing in the Plan shall confer upon any Participant the right to continue in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary or affect any right which the Company or any Subsidiary may have to terminate the employment of any Participant at any time for any reason.

17. REGULATIONS AND OTHER APPROVALS; GOVERNING LAW

17.1. This Plan and the right of all persons claiming an interest hereunder shall be construed and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

17.2. The obligation of the Company to sell or deliver Common Shares with respect to options granted under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including all applicable Federal and state securities laws, and the obtaining of all such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee.

18. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES

If the Participant makes a disposition, within the meaning of Section 424(c) of the Code and regulations promulgated thereunder, of any Common Shares issued to such Participant pursuant to the Participant’s exercise of an option, and such disposition occurs within the two-year period commencing on the day after the Offering Date or within the one-year period commencing on the day after the Exercise Date, such Participant shall, within five (5) days of such disposition, notify the Company thereof and thereafter immediately deliver to the Company any amount of Federal, state or local income taxes and other amounts, if any, which the Company informs the Participant the Company is required to withhold.

 

7


19. MISCELLANEOUS

19.1. If any provision of the Plan shall be held unlawful or otherwise invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part by a court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall (a) be deemed limited to the extent that such court of competent jurisdiction deems it lawful, valid and/or enforceable and as so limited shall remain in full force and effect, and (b) not affect any other provision of the Plan or part thereof, each of which shall remain in full force and effect. If the making of any payment or the provision of any other benefit required under the Plan shall be held unlawful or otherwise invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, such unlawfulness, invalidity or unenforceability shall not prevent any other payment or benefit from being made or provided under the Plan, and if the making of any payment in full or the provision of any other benefit required under the Plan in full would be unlawful or otherwise invalid or unenforceable, then such unlawfulness, invalidity or unenforceability shall not prevent such payment or benefit from being made or provided in part, to the extent that it would not be unlawful, invalid or unenforceable, and the maximum payment or benefit that would not be unlawful, invalid or unenforceable shall be made or provided under the Plan.

19.2. As used in the Plan, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, shall not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.”

19.3. The captions in the Plan are for convenience of reference only, and are not intended to narrow, limit or affect the substance or interpretation of the provisions contained herein.

20. EFFECTIVE DATE; APPROVAL OF STOCKHOLDERS

The Plan is effective as of April 26, 2007. The Plan shall be submitted to the shareholders of the Company for approval within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. The Plan is conditioned upon the approval of the shareholders of the Company, and failure to receive their approval shall render the Plan and all outstanding options issued thereunder null and void and of no effect.

 

8

Exhibit 10.37

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

This Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 27, 2008 (the “ Effective Date ”), is made and entered into by and among Michael O. Johnson (“ Executive ”), HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL OF AMERICA, INC., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”) and, solely for purposes of Section 2(a) hereof, HERBALIFE LTD., an entity organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“ Parent ”).

RECITALS

 

  A. The Company is engaged primarily in the distribution of weight management, nutritional and personal care products through a “multi-level” marketing system.

 

  B. The Company desires to be assured of the services of Executive by employing Executive in the capacity and on the terms set forth below.

 

  C. Executive desires to commit himself to serve the Company on the terms herein provided.

 

  D. The Company and Executive desire that this Agreement be intended as the final expression of their agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and that this Agreement supersedes and may not be contradicted by, modified or supplemented by any prior or contemporaneous agreement, written or oral, with respect thereto, including, without limitation, the employment agreement by and among the Executive, the Company and Herbalife International of America, Inc., a California corporation, dated as of April 3, 2003, as amended (the “ Prior Employment Agreement ”), which Prior Employment Agreement is hereby deemed terminated and of no further force and effect.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Employment Period . The Company shall employ Executive and Executive shall continue in the employ of the Company for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending as provided in Section 4 hereof (the “ Term ”). Except for any covenants or agreements contained herein which by their terms are to be performed or observed following the termination of the Term, upon the termination of the Term, this Agreement and all of its provisions shall terminate and shall cease to have any force or effect.

 

2. Duties .

 

  (a)

During the Term, Executive shall serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Parent, with all of the authority, duties and responsibilities commensurate with such position and such other duties commensurate with his position as are assigned to Executive from time to time by the Board of Directors of the Company and/or the Board of Directors of Parent (referred to individually


  and collectively as the “ Board ”). During the Term, Executive shall report to the Board. With respect to all elections of directors to the Board of Directors of Parent during the Term in which Executive is to participate (i.e., elections for Class I directors, or such other elections to the extent Executive is moved to a different class of directors or the Board of Directors of Parent is declassified), the Board of Directors of Parent shall nominate, and use its best efforts to elect, Executive to serve as a member of the Board. Executive will work principally in the Los Angeles, California offices of the Company, but will also conduct such business travel as is reasonably required to fulfill his duties hereunder.

 

  (b) During the Term, Executive shall devote substantially all his working time, attention, skill and efforts to the business and affairs of the Company, and shall not commence employment with or serve as a consultant to, any other company; provided, however, the foregoing shall not preclude Executive from devoting a reasonable amount of time to managing Executive’s investments and personal affairs and to charitable and civic activities (including serving on the boards of directors of not-for-profit organizations) and, with the consent of the Board and so long as such activities do not materially interfere with Executive’s performance of his duties hereunder, serving on the boards of directors of for-profit entities.

 

3. Compensation and Related Matters .

 

  (a) Salary . During the Term, Executive shall receive a salary at the per annum rate of One million and two hundred thousand dollars ($1,200,000), payable semi-monthly or otherwise in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices for senior executives. Executive’s annual base salary shall be subject to review from time to time for possible increases by the Board of Directors of Parent. Executive’s base salary may be increased (but not decreased) and, as increased from time to time, shall be referred to as the “ Base Salary .”

 

  (b) Expenses . The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses (including all such expenses related to Executive’s maintenance of his home office, including all such expenses related to the procurement and/or maintenance of a personal computer, internet connection, fax and telephone (including wireless) service) incurred by Executive in the performance of his duties under this Agreement upon evidence of payment and otherwise in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures in effect from time to time. In addition, the Company will pay all reasonable out-of-pocket attorneys’ fees and financial representation costs incurred by Executive in connection with the evaluation and negotiation of this Agreement in an amount not to exceed $60,000. In no event shall any such reimbursements or other payments made pursuant to this Section 3(b) be paid later than the end of the calendar year following the year in which the expense was incurred.

 

2


  (c) Employee Benefits . During the Term, Executive and, to the extent provided for under the terms of the plan or arrangement, Executive’s qualified dependents (within the meaning of the plan or arrangement) shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under each benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Company to its senior executives including, without limitation, those relating to group medical, dental, vision, long-term disability, directors and officers insurance coverage, accidental death and dismemberment, and life insurance, on terms no less favorable in the aggregate than those applicable to any other senior executive of the Company, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and subject to the Company’s right to modify, amend or terminate any such plan or arrangement. Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 401K program and the Company’s Deferred Compensation program.

 

  (d) Life Insurance . During the Term, the Company will pay in each calendar year all premiums due in such calendar year for a ten-year fixed premium term life insurance policy on Executive’s life in the amount of $10 million issued by an insurance carrier reasonably acceptable to Executive, so long as and to the extent that Executive is insurable. Executive shall have the right to designate both the owner and the beneficiary of such term life insurance policy. Executive agrees to undergo any and all reasonable physical examinations that are necessary for the issuance and/or renewal of said term life insurance policy. After the expiration of the Term, such policy shall be either owned by Executive, or if owned by the Company, portable to Executive, with Executive retaining the right to elect to continue coverage under such policy at his own cost.

 

  (e) Annual Bonus . During the Term, in addition to the Base Salary, Executive will have the opportunity to earn an annual target bonus in such amounts, and based upon such targets, established annually by the Board of Directors of Parent. The annual target bonus amounts and the target determination procedures are set forth on Annex A attached hereto. Any bonus earned during the Term will be deemed to have been earned as of the last day of the relevant calendar year, but will be paid in the calendar year following the calendar year to which such bonus relates at such time bonuses are paid to the Company’s other senior executives (but in no event later than two weeks following the date on which the final audited financial statements with respect to the relevant fiscal year are presented to the Board).

 

  (f) Sign-On Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to receive an aggregate cash payment equal to $1,500,000, payable in a single lump-sum within thirty (30) days following the Effective Date (the “ Sign-On Bonus ”). In the event that Executive’s employment with the Company terminates as a result of a termination by the Company for Cause (as defined in Section 4(c) hereof) or by Executive without Good Reason (as defined in Section 4(d) hereof) at any time within a period of twenty four (24) months following the Effective Date, Executive shall be required to repay to the Company an amount equal to Executive’s after-tax remainder as to one-half (1/2) of the Sign-On Bonus. Such amount shall be repaid to the Company no later than thirty (30) days following such termination date.

 

3


  (g) Vacation . Executive shall be entitled to five (5) weeks paid vacation during each year of the Term. Unused vacation in any year shall carry over to subsequent years without limitation, unless otherwise provided in a vacation pay policy that is generally applicable to the senior executives of the Company.

 

  (h) Retiree Medical Benefits . In the event that Executive remains in the continued employment with the Company for at least four (4) years following the Effective Date (except as otherwise provided in Section 4 hereof), upon Executive’s subsequent termination of employment with the Company for any reason other than a termination of employment by the Company for Cause, Executive and his spouse as of the Effective Date (so long as she remains married to Executive) shall be entitled to continued medical benefits under a Company-provided medical plan on the same basis as active employees of the Company until Executive and his spouse reach age 65; it being understood and agreed that in the event Executive predeceases his current spouse at a time when they are married, such spouse shall be entitled to receive medical benefits in accordance with this Section 3(h) until she reaches age 65. The Company shall gross-up for tax purposes the income, if any, arising from the Company providing Executive with the benefits under this Section 3(h) that is treated as nondeductible taxable income to Executive so that the economic benefit is the same to Executive as if such benefits were provided on a non-taxable basis to Executive. In the event that Executive commences employment outside of the Company prior to Executive reaching the age of 65, the benefits under this Section 3(h) shall be reduced or eliminated to the extent that Executive receives substantially similar medical benefits in connection with any subsequent employment while Executive has such subsequent employment. For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood and agreed that the insurance, if any, provided to Executive in connection with any subsequent employment shall be the primary insurance and the insurance, if any, provided by the Company shall be the secondary insurance during the term of such subsequent employment. Payments or reimbursements to Executive in connection with the benefits provided under this Section 3(h) shall be paid no later than the end of the calendar year following the year in which the expense was incurred.

 

  (i) Long-Term Incentives .

 

  (i) On the Effective Date, Executive shall receive the following equity awards in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan:

 

  (A) 759,790 stock appreciation rights (the “ 2008 SARs ”) with respect to the common shares of Parent (the “ Common Shares ”) (A) with a per share base price equal to the fair market value of a Common Share on the date of grant, (B) with a seven (7) year term and (C) to become vested based on the achievement of specified levels of compound annual growth rate of the Common Shares, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company for four years from the date of grant, except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement (substantially in the forms attached hereto as Annex B-1 and B-2 ) (the “ SAR Award Agreements ”); and

 

4


  (B) a restricted stock unit award (the “ 2008 RSUs ”) with respect to 130,480 Common Shares to become vested at a rate of 30% per year on each of the first three anniversaries of the date of grant and 10% on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to Executive’s continued employment with the Company through each applicable vesting date, except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement (substantially in the form attached hereto as Annex C ) (the “ RSU Award Agreement ”).

 

  (ii) In addition to the 2008 SARs and the 2008 RSUs, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s long-term incentive plan for its senior executives, if any. The size, form, and timing of grants, if any, shall be consistent with competitive practice, internal position responsibilities and performance, and shall be subject to the approval of the independent members of the Board of Directors of Parent, based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Parent (the “ Committee ”).

 

  (j) Deductions and Withholdings . All amounts payable or which become payable hereunder shall be subject to all deductions and withholdings required by law.

 

4. Termination . Executive’s services for the Company and the Term of this Agreement may be terminated under the following circumstances:

 

  (a) Death . Executive’s services hereunder shall terminate upon his death. In the case of Executive’s death, the Company shall pay or provide the following benefits to Executive’s beneficiaries or estate, as appropriate: (i) his then current accrued and unpaid Base Salary through his date of death as well as 100% of any accrued and unpaid bonus for any years preceding the year of termination, payable as set forth in Section 4(h), (ii) a pro rata bonus payment for the year of termination based on actual results, payable in the year following such termination at such time bonuses are paid to the Company’s other senior executives (based on actual results and the number of months worked in the applicable fiscal year of the Company), (iii) the 2008 SARs shall become vested and exercisable subject to and in accordance with the SAR Award Agreements, (iv) the 2008 RSUs described in Section 3(i)(B) hereof shall become vested in accordance with the RSU Award Agreement, (v) the retiree medical benefits described in Section 3(h) hereof without regard to whether Executive has been employed by the Company for at least four years following the Effective Date, and (vi) other benefits and payments to which Executive is then entitled hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof or pursuant to Section 4(k) in accordance with the terms of such plan or arrangement.

 

5


  (b) Disability . If a Disability (as defined below) of Executive occurs during the Term, the Board may give Executive written notice of its intention to terminate his employment while Executive continues to be subject to such Disability. In such event, Executive’s services with the Company shall terminate as of the date specified in such notice. In the case of a termination as a result of a Disability, the Company shall pay or provide Executive with the following: (i) his then current accrued and unpaid Base Salary through his date of termination as well as 100% of any accrued and unpaid bonus for any years preceding the year of termination, payable as set forth in Section 4(h), (ii) a pro rata bonus payment for the year of termination based on actual results, payable in the year following such termination at such time bonuses are paid to the Company’s other senior executives (based on actual results and the number of months worked in the applicable fiscal year of the Company), (iii) the 2008 SARs shall become vested and exercisable subject to and in accordance with the SAR Award Agreements, (iv) the 2008 RSUs described in Section 3(i)(B) hereof shall become vested in accordance with the RSU Award Agreement, (v) the retiree medical benefits described in Section 3(h) hereof without regard to whether Executive has been employed by the Company for at least four years following the Effective Date, and (vi) other benefits and payments to which Executive is then entitled hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof or pursuant to Section 4(k) in accordance with the terms of such plan or arrangement. For the purpose of this Section 4(b), “ Disability ” shall mean Executive’s inability to perform his duties for the Company on a full-time basis for 180 days (whether or not consecutive) in any twelve (12) month period. During any period of time in which Executive is prevented from performing his duties for the Company as a result of any physical or mental incapacitation, but prior to termination of the Term on account of Executive’s Disability, Executive shall receive his full compensation hereunder as if actively at work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that as a result of absence because of mental or physical incapacity Executive incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of such term under “Code Section 409A” (as defined in Section 20(a) hereof), Executive shall on such date automatically be terminated from employment as a Disability termination.

 

  (c)

Termination by the Company for Cause . The Board may terminate Executive’s services hereunder for Cause (as defined below) at any time upon written notice to Executive. In such event, Executive’s services shall terminate as of the date specified in such notice. In the case of Executive’s termination for Cause, the Company shall pay to Executive: (i) his then current accrued and unpaid Base Salary through his date of termination as well as 100% of any accrued and unpaid bonus for any years preceding the year of termination (it being understood and agreed that Executive shall have no rights to receive a bonus in respect of the year in which termination for Cause occurs), payable as set forth in Section 4(h), and (ii) other benefits and payments to which Executive is then entitled hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof or pursuant to Section 4(k) in accordance with the terms of such plan or arrangement. For purposes of this Agreement, the Board shall have “ Cause ” to terminate Executive’s services hereunder in the event of any of the following acts or circumstances: (A) Executive’s conviction of a

 

6


  felony or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to any crime constituting a felony (other than a traffic violation or by reason of vicarious liability); (B) Executive’s substantial and repeated failure to attempt to perform Executive’s lawful duties as contemplated in Section 2 of this Agreement, except during periods of physical or mental incapacity; (C) Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to any material aspect of the business of the Company or any of its affiliates, which negligence or misconduct has a material and demonstrable adverse effect on the Company; or (D) any material breach of this Agreement or any material breach of any other written agreement between Executive and the Company’s affiliates governing Executive’s equity compensation arrangements (i.e., any agreement with respect to Executive’s stock and/or stock options of any of the Company’s affiliates); provided, however, that Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause in the case of clause (B), (C), or (D) above, unless any such breach (if correctable) is not fully corrected prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) calendar day period following delivery to Executive of the Company’s written notice of its intention to terminate his employment for Cause describing the basis therefor in reasonable detail.

 

  (d)

Termination by Executive for Good Reason . Executive may terminate his services hereunder for Good Reason (as defined below); provided that Executive first gives the Company a written notice of his intent to terminate for Good Reason at least thirty (30) calendar days prior to the effective date of any such termination, and, if Executive has Good Reason to terminate his services hereunder, Executive’s services shall terminate upon such 30th calendar date. In the event Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Company shall pay or provide Executive with the following: (i) his then current accrued and unpaid Base Salary through his date of termination as well as 100% of any accrued and unpaid bonus for any years preceding the year of termination, payable as set forth in Section 4(h), (ii) an additional, lump-sum cash amount equal to two times the sum of Executive’s Base Salary and Executive’s “ Bonus Level ” (it being agreed that Executive’s Bonus Level shall be deemed to be equal to two years’ of Base Salary), payable on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following termination, subject to the provisions of Section 20(b) hereof; provided , that payment in a lump-sum cash amount shall be effective January 1, 2009, and upon any termination theretofore the amounts shall be paid as provided in Executive’s previous employment agreement with the Company, subject to the provisions of Section 20(b) hereof, (iii) a pro rata bonus payment for the year of termination based on actual results, payable in the year following such termination at such time bonuses are paid to the Company’s other senior executives (based on the number of months worked in the applicable fiscal year of the Company), (iv) the 2008 SARs shall become vested and exercisable subject to and in accordance with the SAR Award Agreements, (v) the 2008 RSUs described in Section 3(i)(B) hereof shall become vested in accordance with the RSU Award Agreement, (vi) subject to Section 20(b) hereof, if on the date of such termination Executive is subject to a “trading blackout” or “quiet period” with respect to the Common Shares or if the Company determines, upon the advice of legal counsel, that on the effective date of such termination Executive may not trade in the Common Shares

 

7


  due to Executive’s possession of material non-public information, in each case, which restriction or prohibition continues for a period of at least twenty consecutive calendar days, Executive will be paid an additional lump sum amount equal to $250,000 at the same time and on the same basis as the amount in clause (ii) above is paid, (vii) outplacement services for up to six (6) months by a provider selected and paid for by the Company in an amount not to exceed $20,000 (the “ Outplacement Services ”), (viii) the retiree medical benefits described in Section 3(h) hereof without regard to whether Executive has been employed by the Company for at least four years following the Effective Date, and (ix) other benefits and payments to which Executive is then entitled hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof or pursuant to Section 4(k) in accordance with the terms of such plan or arrangement. For purposes hereof, the term “ Good Reason ” shall mean, without the Executive’s consent, the occurrence of any of the following circumstances unless such circumstances are fully corrected prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) calendar day period following delivery to the Company of Executive’s notice of intention to terminate his employment for Good Reason describing such circumstances in reasonable detail: (A) an adverse change in Executive’s title as CEO of the Company or Parent, Executive’s involuntary removal from the Board of Directors of Parent, or the failure of Executive to be nominated for the Board of Directors of Parent as provided in Section 2(a) or elected to the Board of Directors of Parent at any time he is nominated for election; (B) a substantial diminution in Executive’s duties, responsibilities or authority for the Company, taken as a whole (except during periods when Executive is unable to perform all or substantially all of Executive’s duties or responsibilities as a result of Executive’s illness (either physical or mental) or other incapacity); (C) a change in location of the Company’s chief executive office to a location more than 50 miles from its current location; (D) any other material breach of this Agreement by the Company; or (E) the failure by any successor of the Company to assume in writing the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. Executive shall be deemed to have waived his rights to terminate his services hereunder for circumstances constituting Good Reason if he shall not have provided to the Company a notice of termination within sixty (60) calendar days immediately following his knowledge of the circumstances constituting Good Reason.

 

  (e) Termination by Executive Without Good Reason . Executive may terminate his employment hereunder without Good Reason; provided that Executive first gives the Company a written notice of termination at least fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the effective date of any such termination. In the event Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason, the Company shall pay to Executive: (i) his then current accrued and unpaid Base Salary through his date of termination as well as 100% of any accrued and unpaid bonus for any years preceding the year of termination, payable as set forth in Section 4(h) (it being expressly agreed that Executive shall have no rights to receive a bonus in respect of the year in which termination occurs), and (ii) other benefits and payments to which Executive is then entitled hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof or pursuant to Section 4(k) in accordance with the terms of such plan or arrangement.

 

8


  (f) Termination by the Company Without Cause . The Board may terminate Executive’s services hereunder without Cause at any time upon written notice to Executive. In such event, Executive’s services shall terminate as of the date specified in such notice. In the event Executive’s services hereunder are terminated by the Company without Cause, the Company shall pay or provide Executive with the same benefits to which Executive would have been entitled had his employment terminated in accordance with Section 4(d) hereof.

 

  (g) 280G Gross-Up . In the event that any amount or benefit that may be paid or otherwise provided to or in respect of Executive by the Company or any affiliated company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, is or may become subject to the tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any successor provision), the provisions of Annex D shall be applicable.

 

  (h) Timing; No Duty to Mitigate . Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, any amounts payable to Executive upon his termination of employment under this Section 4 shall be paid at such times as such amounts would have otherwise been payable to Executive had Executive’s employment not been terminated. Executive shall have no duty to seek to mitigate the above severance benefits set forth in this Section 4, and any compensation derived by Executive from alternative employment or otherwise shall not reduce the Company’s obligations hereunder.

 

  (i) Resignation of Offices . Promptly following any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company (other than by reason of Executive’s death), Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company reasonably satisfactory written evidence of Executive’s resignation as a member of the Board of Directors of Parent and any other boards of directors of the Company or any of its affiliates, any committee thereof and/or any office (e.g., office of Chief Executive Officer) with the Company or any of its affiliates. The Company shall be entitled to withhold payment of any amounts otherwise due pursuant to this Section 4 until Executive has complied with the provisions of this Section 4(i).

 

  (j) Release . As a precondition to the Company’s obligations to make any of the payments specified in Sections 4(d) and 4(f) of this Agreement, Executive or his guardian, estate or heirs, as appropriate, shall execute and deliver to the Company a fully effective (i.e., there shall be no further unsatisfied conditions to the effectiveness thereof and any applicable revocation period shall have thereafter timely expired) general release in the form attached hereto as Annex E within forty-five (45) days following termination.

 

  (k) Employee Benefit Plan Rights . Following any termination of Executive’s employment with the Company, any rights that may exist in Executive’s favor to payment of any amount under any employee benefit plan or arrangement of the Company other than those set forth in this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the terms and conditions of any such employee benefit plan or arrangement.

 

9


5. Confidential and Proprietary Information .

 

  (a)

The parties agree and acknowledge that during the course of Executive’s employment, Executive will be given and will have access to and be exposed to trade secrets and confidential information in written, oral, electronic and other forms regarding the Company and its affiliates (which includes but is not limited to all of its business units, divisions and affiliates) and their business, equipment, products and employees, including, without limitation: the identities of the Company’s and its affiliates’ distributors and customers and potential distributors and customers (hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Distributors ”), including, without limitation, the identity of Distributors that Executive cultivates or maintains while providing services at the Company or any of its affiliates using the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ products, name and infrastructure, and the identities of contact persons with respect to those Distributors; the particular preferences, likes, dislikes and needs of those Distributors and contact persons with respect to product types, pricing, sales calls, timing, sales terms, rental terms, lease terms, service plans, and other marketing terms and techniques; the Company’s and its affiliates’ business methods, practices, strategies, forecasts, pricing, and marketing techniques; the identities of the Company’s and its affiliates’ licensors, vendors and other suppliers and the identities of the Company’s and its affiliates’ contact persons at such licensors, vendors and other suppliers; the identities of the Company’s and its affiliates’ key sales representatives and personnel and other employees; advertising and sales materials; research, computer software and related materials; and other facts and financial and other business information concerning or relating to the Company or any of its affiliates and their business, operations, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Executive expressly agrees to use such trade secrets and confidential information only for purposes of carrying out his duties for the Company and its affiliates as he deems appropriate in his good faith judgment, and not for any other purpose, including, without limitation, not in any way or for any purpose that could reasonably be foreseen to be detrimental to the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, Executive shall be permitted to disclose such trade secrets and confidential information to third parties in the course of performing his duties for the Company and its affiliates as he deems appropriate in his good faith judgment provided that prior to such disclosure Executive causes the intended recipient of such information to sign a confidentiality agreement. Executive shall not at any time, either during the course of his employment hereunder or after the termination of such employment, use for himself or others, directly or indirectly, any such trade secrets or confidential information, and, except as required by law or as permitted hereunder, Executive shall not disclose such trade secrets or confidential information, directly or indirectly, to any other person or entity. Trade secret and confidential information hereunder shall not

 

10


  include any information which (i) is already in or subsequently enters the public domain, other than as a result of any unauthorized direct or indirect disclosure by Executive, (ii) becomes available to Executive on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or any of its affiliates, provided that Executive has no knowledge that such source is subject to a confidentiality agreement or other obligation of secrecy or confidentiality (whether pursuant to a contract, legal or fiduciary obligation or duty or otherwise) to the Company or any of its affiliates or any other person or entity or (iii) is approved for release by the board of directors of the Company or any of its affiliates or the board of directors of the Company or any of its affiliates makes available or authorizes Executive to make available to third parties without an obligation of confidentiality.

 

  (b) All physical property and all notes, memoranda, files, records, writings, documents and other materials of any and every nature, written or electronic, which Executive shall prepare or receive in the course of his employment with the Company and which relate to or are useful in any manner to the business now or hereafter conducted by the Company or any of its affiliates are and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company and its affiliates, as applicable. Executive shall not remove from the Company’s premises any such physical property, the original or any reproduction of any such materials nor the information contained therein except for the purposes of carrying out his duties to the Company or any of its affiliates and all such property (except for any items of personal property not owned by the Company or any of its affiliates), materials and information in his possession or under his custody or control upon the termination of his employment (other than such materials received by Executive solely in his capacity as a shareholder) or at any other time upon request by the Company shall be immediately turned over to the Company and its affiliates, as applicable.

 

  (c) All inventions, improvements, trade secrets, reports, manuals, computer programs, tapes and other ideas and materials developed or invented by Executive during the period of his employment, either solely or in collaboration with others, which relate to the actual or anticipated business or research of the Company or any of its affiliates which result from or are suggested by any work Executive may do for the Company or any of its affiliates or which result from use of the Company’s or any of its affiliates’ premises or property (collectively, the “ Developments ”) shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and its affiliates, as applicable. Executive assigns and transfers to the Company his entire right and interest in any such Development, and Executive shall execute and deliver any and all documents and shall do and perform any and all other acts and things necessary or desirable in connection therewith that the Company or any of its affiliates may reasonably request, it being agreed that the preparation of any such documents shall be at the Company’s expense. Nothing in this paragraph applies to an invention which is exempt under the provisions of California Labor Code Section 2870.

 

11


  (d) Following the termination of Executive’s employment, Executive will reasonably cooperate with the Company (at the Company’s expense, if Executive reasonably incurs any out-of-pocket costs with respect thereto, including, but not limited to, lost salary or the value of vacation benefits used in connection therewith) in any defense of any legal, administrative or other action in which the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their distributors or other business relations are a party or are otherwise involved, so long as any such matter was related to Executive’s duties and activities conducted on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

  (e) Following the termination of Executive’s employment, the Company shall be allowed to exploit or otherwise use Executive’s name, image, photograph, likeness or voice in a positive manner for any legitimate business-related purposes, as determined in the Company’s good-faith discretion, but only with Executive’s prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned); provided, however, that Executive’s prior written consent shall not be required in connection with the Company’s, Parent’s or any of their respective affiliates’ use of Executive’s name, image, photograph, likeness or voice as required by applicable law, including, without limitation, in connection with any required filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York Stock Exchange and the secretary of state (or equivalent governing body) of any jurisdiction of incorporation or organization or where Parent, the Company or any of their respective affiliates is qualified to do business.

 

  (f) The provisions of this Section 5 and Section 6 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and termination of Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

6. Non-Solicitation .

 

  (a)

Executive acknowledges that in the course of his employment for the Company he will become familiar with the Company’s and its affiliates’ trade secrets and other confidential information concerning the Company and its affiliates. Accordingly, Executive agrees that, during Executive’s employment and for a period of twenty-four (24) months immediately thereafter (the “ Nonsolicitation Period ”), he will not directly or indirectly through another entity (i) induce or attempt to induce any employee or Distributor of the Company or any of its affiliates to leave the employment of, or cease to maintain its distributor relationship with, the Company or such affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or any such affiliate and any employee or Distributor thereof, (ii) hire any person who was an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates at any time during the Nonsolicitation Period unless such person’s employment was terminated by the Company or such affiliate or enter into a distributor relationship with any person or entity who was a Distributor of the Company or any of its affiliates at any time during the Nonsolicitation Period, (iii) induce or attempt to induce any Distributor, supplier, licensor, licensee or other business relation of the Company or any of its affiliates to cease doing business with the Company or such affiliate, or in any way interfere with the relationship between

 

12


  such Distributor, supplier, licensor, licensee or business relation and the Company or any of its affiliates or (iv) use any trade secrets or other confidential information of the Company or any of its affiliates to directly or indirectly participate in any means or manner in any Competitive Business, wherever located. “ Competitive Business ” means the development, marketing, distribution or sale of weight management products, nutritional supplements or personal care products through multi-level marketing or other direct selling channels. “ Participate ” includes any direct or indirect interest in any enterprise, whether as an officer, director, employee, partner, sole proprietor, agent, representative, independent contractor, executive, franchisor, franchisee, creditor, owner, distributor or otherwise; provided that the foregoing activities shall not include the passive ownership (i.e., Executive does not directly or indirectly participate in the business or management of the applicable entity) of less than 5% of the stock of a publicly-held corporation whose stock is traded on a national securities exchange and which is not primarily engaged in a Competitive Business.

 

  (b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 2(b), as long as Executive is employed by the Company, Executive agrees that he will not, except with the express written consent of the Board, become engaged in, render services for, or permit his name to be used in connection with any business other than the business of the Company and its affiliates.

 

  (c) Executive has agreed to be bound by the covenants contained in this Section 6 for the purpose of preserving for the Company’s and its affiliates’ benefit the goodwill, confidential and proprietary information and going concern value of the Company and its affiliates and their respective business opportunities.

 

7. Injunctive Relief . Executive and the Company (a) intend that the provisions of Sections 5 and 6 be and become valid and enforceable, (b) acknowledge and agree that the provisions of Sections 5 and 6 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the business of the Company and its affiliates and (c) agree that any violation of Section 5 or 6 will result in irreparable injury to the Company and its affiliates, the exact amount of which will be difficult to ascertain and the remedies at law for which will not be reasonable or adequate compensation to the Company and its affiliates for such a violation. Accordingly, Executive agrees that if Executive violates or threatens to violate the provisions of Section 5 or 6, in addition to any other remedy which may be available at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to specific performance and injunctive relief, without posting bond or other security, and without the necessity of proving actual damages. In addition, in the event of a violation or threatened violation by Executive of Section 5 or 6 of this Agreement, the Nonsolicitation Period will be tolled until such violation or threatened violation has been duly cured. If, at the time of enforcement of Sections 5 or 6 of this Agreement, a court holds that the restrictions stated therein are unreasonable under circumstances then existing, the parties hereto agree that the maximum period, scope or geographical area reasonable under such circumstances shall be substituted for the stated period, scope or area.

 

13


8. Assignment; Successors and Assigns . Executive agrees that he shall not assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, any rights or obligations under this Agreement, nor shall Executive’s rights hereunder be subject to encumbrance of the claims of creditors. This Agreement may be assigned by the Company without the consent of Executive to (a) any entity succeeding to all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company, whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise (upon which entity the Agreement shall be binding), or (b) any affiliate; provided, however, that in neither case shall the Company be released from its obligations hereunder, nor shall any assignment to an affiliate lessen the Executive’s rights with respect to his position, duties, responsibilities or authority with respect to the Company. In the case of an assignment other than by operation of law, the Company shall promptly deliver to Executive a written assumption of the Agreement and the obligations hereunder by such entity. Any purported assignment, transfer, delegation, disposition or encumbrance in violation of this Section 8 shall be null and void and of no force or effect. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns, and, except as expressly provided herein, no other person or entity shall have any right, benefit or obligation under this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of Executive’s death, his beneficiaries or estate, as appropriate, shall be entitled to all amounts Executive would have otherwise received hereunder. In the event the Company transfers all or any substantial portion (i.e., more than 50% of the fair market value thereof, as determined by the Board in good faith) of its assets to any of its affiliates, the Company shall cause such affiliate to sign a counterpart copy of this Agreement as a primary obligor hereunder, it being agreed that no such assignment shall release the Company from any of its obligations hereunder.

 

9. Governing Law; Jurisdiction and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of California without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof. Suit to enforce this Agreement or any provision or portion thereof may be brought in the federal or state courts located in Los Angeles, California.

 

10. Severability of Provisions . In the event that any provision or any portion thereof should ever be adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction to exceed the time or other limitations permitted by applicable law, as determined by such court in such action, then such provisions shall be deemed reformed to the maximum time or other limitations permitted by applicable law, the parties hereby acknowledging their desire that in such event such action be taken. In addition to the above, the provisions of this Agreement are severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement or portions thereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision, or portion of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect as if executed with the unenforceable or invalid provision or portion thereof eliminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto affirmatively represent, acknowledge and agree that it is their intention that this Agreement and each of its provisions are enforceable in accordance with their terms and expressly agree not to challenge the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of its provisions, or portions or aspects thereof, in the future. The parties hereto are expressly relying upon this representation, acknowledgement and agreement in determining to enter into this Agreement.

 

14


11. Warranty . As an inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement, Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to any other agreement or obligation for personal services, and that there exists no impediment or restraint, contractual or otherwise, on his power, right or ability to enter into this Agreement and to perform his duties and obligations hereunder. As an inducement to Executive to enter into this Agreement, the Company represents and warrants that the person signing this Agreement for the Company has been duly authorized to do so by all necessary corporate action and has the corporate power and authority to execute this Agreement on the Company’s behalf. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated have been duly and effectively authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company.

 

12. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications which are required or may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when received if personally delivered; when transmitted if transmitted by telecopy, electronic or digital transmission method upon receipt of telephonic or electronic confirmation; the day after it is sent, if sent for next day delivery to a domestic address by recognized overnight delivery service (e.g., Federal Express); and upon receipt, if sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. In each case notice will be sent to:

 

  (a) If to the Company:

Herbalife International of America, Inc.

1800 Century Park East

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: Members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Herbalife Ltd.

Telecopy: (310) 557-3906

 

  (b) with a copy to:

Herbalife International of America, Inc.

1800 Century Park East

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attention: General Counsel

Telecopy: (310) 557-3906

 

  (c) if to Executive, to:

his home address on record with the Company

 

15


  (d) with a copy to:

Proskauer Rose LLP

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

Telecopy: (212) 969-2900

Attention: Michael S. Sirkin, Esq.

or to such other place and with other copies as either party may designate as to itself or himself by written notice to the others.

 

13. Cumulative Remedies . All rights and remedies of either party hereto are cumulative of each other and of every other right or remedy such party may otherwise have at law or in equity, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not prejudice or impair the concurrent or subsequent exercise of other rights or remedies.

 

14. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

15. Entire Agreement . The terms of this Agreement are intended by the parties to be the final expression of their agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and this Agreement supersedes (and may not be contradicted by, modified or supplemented by) any prior or contemporaneous agreement, written or oral, with respect thereto (including, without limitation, the Prior Employment Agreement, which is hereby deemed terminated and of no further force and effect). The parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of its terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this Agreement.

 

16. Amendments; Waivers . This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, approved by the Board and signed by Executive and a member of the Board other than Executive. As an exception to the foregoing, the parties acknowledge and agree that the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to reduce the scope of any covenant or obligation of Executive set forth in Sections 5 or 6 of this Agreement or any portion thereof, effective immediately upon receipt by Executive of written notice thereof from the Company. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be construed as a further, continuing or subsequent waiver of any such provision or as a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy or power hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise of any other right, remedy or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

 

17. Representation of Counsel; Mutual Negotiation . Each party has had the opportunity to be represented by counsel of its choice in negotiating this Agreement. This Agreement shall therefore be deemed to have been negotiated and prepared at the joint request, direction and construction of the parties, at arm’s-length, with the advice and participation of counsel, and shall be interpreted in accordance with its terms without favor to any party.

 

16


18. Indemnification . The Company hereby covenants and agrees to indemnify Executive and hold him harmless to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws and under the By-laws of the Company against and in respect to any and all actions, suits, proceedings, claims, demands, judgments, losses, damages and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable out-of-pocket attorney’s fees and expenses) resulting from Executive’s good faith performance of his duties and obligations with the Company or any of its affiliates or as the fiduciary of any benefit plan of the Company or its affiliates. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Company, within 30 days of presentation of invoices, shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable out-of-pocket legal fees and disbursements reasonably incurred by Executive in connection with any such indemnifiable matter; provided, however, that Executive shall consult with the Company prior to selecting his counsel and shall obtain the Company’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, of such counsel. In addition, the Company shall cover Executive under its directors and officers liability insurance policy both during the term of this Agreement and during the six-year period thereafter in the same amount and to the same extent, if any, as the Company covers its other officers and directors during any such period of time.

 

19. Arbitration . Except in any instance where equitable relief is specifically authorized hereunder, any dispute arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration conducted before one (1) arbitrator sitting in Los Angeles, California or such other location agreed by the parties hereto, in accordance with the rules and regulations of the American Arbitration Association. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. At the discretion of the arbitrator, the prevailing party in such arbitration may be ordered to pay the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and legal fees and disbursements incurred by the non-prevailing party in such arbitration and preparation therefor, provided that such costs do not exceed $100,000. Any such payment shall be made within sixty (60) days of the award date.

 

20. Code Section 409A Compliance .

 

  (a)

The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Code Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement shall be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. If Executive notifies the Company (with specificity as to the reason therefor) that Executive believes that any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation, including equity compensation or benefits) would cause Executive to incur any additional tax or interest under Code Section 409A and the Company concurs with such belief or the Company (without any obligation whatsoever to do so) independently makes such determination, the Company shall, after consulting with Executive, reform

 

17


  such provision to attempt to comply with Code Section 409A through good faith modifications to the minimum extent reasonably appropriate to conform with Code Section 409A. To the extent that any provision hereof is modified in order to comply with Code Section 409A, such modification shall be made in good faith and shall, to the maximum extent reasonably possible, maintain the original intent and economic benefit/burden to Executive and the Company of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Code Section 409A.

 

  (b) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Code Section 409A and, for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean “separation from service.” If Executive is deemed on the date of termination to be a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B), then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is specified as subject to this Section or that is otherwise considered deferred compensation under Code Section 409A payable on account of a “separation from service,” such payment or benefit shall be made or provided at the date which is the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of such “separation from service” of the Executive, and (ii) the date of Executive’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments and benefits delayed pursuant to this Section 20(b) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) shall be paid or reimbursed to Executive in a lump sum with interest at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal on the first business day of the Delay Period, and any remaining payments and benefits due under this Agreement shall be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

 

  (c) With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Code Section 409A, (i) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits, provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other taxable year, provided that the foregoing clause (ii) shall not be violated without regard to expenses reimbursed under any arrangement covered by Internal Revenue Code Section 105(b) solely because such expenses are subject to a limit related to the period the arrangement is in effect and (iii) such payments shall be made on or before the last day of Executive’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense occurred.

 

  (d) Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

18


  (e) The Company shall indemnify Executive, as provided in this subsection (e), if a violation of Code Section 409A occurs as a result of (1) the Company’s clerical error, (2) the Company’s failure to administer this Agreement or any benefit plan or program in accordance with its written terms, or (3) a provision of any benefit plan or program of the Company (other than this Agreement, the SAR Award Agreements or the RSU Award Agreement) that fails to comply with Code Section 409A, and Executive incurs additional tax under Code Section 409A as a result thereof (each an “ Indemnified Code Section 409A Violation ”). In the event of an Indemnified Code Section 409A Violation, the Company shall reimburse Executive for (i) the 20% additional income tax described in Code Section 409A(a)(1)(B)(i)(II) (to the extent that Executive incurs the 20% additional income tax as a result of the Indemnified Code Section 409A Violation), and (ii) any interest or penalty that is assessed with respect to Executive’s failure to make a timely payment of the 20% additional income tax described in clause (i), provided that Executive pays the 20% additional income tax promptly upon being notified that the tax is due (the amounts described in clause (i) and clause (ii) are referred to collectively as the “ Code Section 409A Tax ”). In addition, in the event of an Indemnified Code Section 409A Violation, the Company shall make a payment (the “ Code Section 409A Gross-Up Payment ”) to Executive such that the net amount Executive retains, after paying any federal, state, or local income tax or FICA tax on the Code Section 409A Gross-Up Payment, shall be equal to the Code Section 409A Tax. The Company and Executive shall calculate, adjust (if necessary), and pay or repay the Code Section 409A Gross-Up Payment in accordance with the procedures specified Annex D (but substituting “Code Section 409A Tax” for “Excise Tax” wherever the latter term appears in Annex D ).

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

EXECUTIVE
By:  

/s/ Michael O. Johnson

  Michael O. Johnson
HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL OF AMERICA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brett R. Chapman

  Name: Brett R. Chapman
  Title: General Counsel
Solely with respect to Section 2(a) hereof:
HERBALIFE LTD.
By:  

/s/ Brett R. Chapman

  Name: Brett R. Chapman
  Title: General Counsel

 

20


ANNEX A

BONUS TARGETS AND TARGET BONUS AMOUNTS

For the year ended December 31, 2008 and each subsequent year during the Term, Executive shall be entitled to a bonus, if earned, in an amount equal to the sum of (y) the earnings per share (“ EPS ”) bonus, if any, and (z) the Alternative Performance Target (“ APT ”) bonus, if any. Executive shall be entitled to earn an EPS bonus based upon the level of achievement by Herbalife Ltd. of earnings per share, and an APT bonus based upon the level of achievement of the APT Target (as hereinafter defined), each as determined based on the audited financial statements of Herbalife Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries for the relevant fiscal year, in the percentages set forth on the following table. For the purposes of the APT bonus, “ APT Target ” shall mean one or more metrics set annually by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Herbalife Ltd. (the “Committee”) after consultation with Executive. The Committee shall deliver written notice to Executive of the APT Target on or before the date that is 14 days following the first regularly scheduled meeting of the Board of Directors of Herbalife Ltd. during the relevant fiscal year, but in no event later than 90 days after the commencement of the relevant fiscal year. For 2008, the EPS bonus and APT bonus shall be determined as follows:

 

     Base Bonus     APT Bonus     Total Potential  
     Funding Level
EPS
     Payout
Factor
    Funding Level
EPS
     Payout
Factor
    08 Net Sales
Growth Rate
    Payout
Factor
    Bonus
Payout
 

Base EPS Target

                

100%

   $ 3.17         113   $ 3.17         19     8.0     19     150

103%

   $ 3.27         169   $ 3.27         29     8.2     29     227

103%

   $ 3.28         174   $ 3.28         30     8.4     30     234

104%

   $ 3.29         180   $ 3.29         31     8.5     31     242

104%

   $ 3.30         186   $ 3.30         32     8.7     32     249

104%

   $ 3.31         191   $ 3.31         33     8.9     33     257

105%

   $ 3.32         197   $ 3.32         34     9.1     34     264

105%

   $ 3.33         203   $ 3.33         35     9.3     35     272

105%

   $ 3.34         208   $ 3.34         36     9.5     36     279

106%

   $ 3.35         214   $ 3.35         37     9.6     37     287

106%

   $ 3.36         219   $ 3.36         38     9.8     38     294

106%

   $ 3.37         225   $ 3.37         38     10.0     38     300
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary (y) in no event shall the bonus earned by Executive for any calendar year be greater than 300% of Executive’s Base Salary, and (z) seventy-five percent (75%) of Executive’s overall annual bonus potential shall be attributable to the EPS bonus, and twenty-five percent (25%) of Executive’s overall bonus potential shall be attributable to the APT bonus.

 

A-1


ANEX B-1

FORM OF 2008 SARs

HERBALIFE LTD.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD AGREEMENT

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 27, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”) between HERBALIFE LTD., an entity organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and Michael O. Johnson (“ Participant ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the Committee designated under the Plan (or an officer of the Company to who the authority to grant Awards has been delegated), desires to grant to Participant an award of stock appreciation rights; and

WHEREAS, Participant desires to accept such award subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and Participant, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant .

(a) The Company hereby grants to the Participant an Award of 363,670 Stock Appreciation Rights (the “ Award ”) in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan (each as amended from time to time). Each Stock Appreciation Right represents the right to receive, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to this Agreement, from the Company, a payment, paid in Common Shares, par value $.002 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”), equal to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value, on the date of exercise, of one Common Share (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan) over the Base Price (as defined below) of the Stock Appreciation Right, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value, on the date of exercise, of one Common Share, subject to terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan (each as amended from time to time).

(b) The “ Base Price ” for the Stock Appreciation Right shall be $48.64 per share (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 12 of the Plan).

(c) Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

B-1-1


2. Time for Exercise .

(a) Subject to Section 2(c) and Participant’s continued employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (or as otherwise provided in Section 2(b)), the Award shall become vested and exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (the period between the Grant Date and the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date the “ Performance Period ”) provided that during the Performance Period the Company’s Common Shares closed at a price for thirty (30) consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $67.33 per share (the “ Price Performance Standard ”).

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary,

(i) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control in which either (A) the Price Performance Standard or the Alternate Price Performance Standard (as defined below) has been satisfied prior to the date of such Change of Control or (B) the price per Common Share received by the Company’s shareholders in connection with such Change of Control transaction (as determined in good faith by the Committee as in existence immediately prior to the Change of Control) is equal to or greater than the Alternate Price Performance Standard (as defined below), the vesting of the Award shall be accelerated such that 100% of the then unvested portion of the Award shall become vested and exercisable as of the date of the Change of Control; and

(ii) in the event that Participant’s employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (or their respective successors) is terminated by the Company without “Cause” or by Participant for “Good Reason” (each as defined below), or in the event of Participant’s death or “Disability” (as defined below) and either (A) the Price Performance Standard has been satisfied as of the date of such event or (B) during the period between the Grant Date and the date of such event, the Company’s Common Shares closed at a price for thirty (30) consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $55.64 per share (the “ Alternate Price Performance Standard ”), the Award shall become immediately and fully vested and exercisable.

(c) Participant acknowledges and agrees that he is subject to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

3. Expiration .

(a) The Award shall expire on the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date; provided, however, that the Award may earlier terminate as provided in this Paragraph 3 and/or in Section 13 of the Plan.

(b) Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, in the event that the Price Performance Standard is not achieved during the Performance Period, the Award shall expire on the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date.

(c) Upon termination of Participant’s employment with the Company, that portion of the Award that is vested and exercisable, and any portion of the Award that becomes vested and exercisable in accordance with Paragraph 2(b), will terminate in accordance with the following:

(i) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date of such termination;

 

B-1-2


(ii) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of Participant’s resignation without Good Reason, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is thirty days immediately following the date of such termination;

(iii) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of Participant’s death or Disability, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is one year immediately following the date of such termination; and

(iv) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by reason of Participant’s resignation for Good Reason, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is two years immediately following the date of such termination, unless the Award became vested and exercisable solely due to the achievement of the Alternate Price Performance Standard (and not the Price Performance Standard), in which event the Award will terminate on the date that is 90 days immediately following the date of such termination.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than a termination by the Company for Cause, and at any time during the permitted exercise period following the effective date of such termination of employment Participant is subject to a “trading blackout” or “quiet period” with respect to the Common Shares or if the Company determines, upon the advice of legal counsel, that Participant may not to trade in the Common Shares due to Participant’s possession of material non-public information, the Company shall extend the period during which Participant may exercise his then remaining vested portion of this Award until the later of (i) the expiration date of the Award determined pursuant to Paragraph 3(c) and (ii) the date that is thirty days following the first date on which Participant is no longer subject to such restrictions on trading with respect to the Common Shares.

(e) For purposes hereof, the terms “ Cause ,” Good Reason ” and “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement by and between the Company and Participant dated as of March 27, 2008.

4. Method of Exercise . The Award may be exercised by delivery to the Company (attention: Secretary) of a notice of exercise in the form specified by the Company specifying the number of shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised.

5. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares may be purchased upon any exercise.

6. Adjustments of Shares and Awards .

(a) Subject to Section 12(a) of the Plan, in the event of any change in the outstanding Shares by reason of an acquisition, spin-off or reclassification, recapitalization or merger, combination or exchange of Common Shares or other corporate exchange, Change of Control or similar event, the Committee shall adjust appropriately the number or kind of shares or securities subject to the Award and Base Prices related thereto and make such other revisions to the Award as it deems are equitably required. Any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 6 shall be implemented in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

B-1-3


(b) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any merger or consolidation of the Company into another corporation, the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, a Change of Control or the recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or any other similar fundamental transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (any of the foregoing, a “ Qualifying Event ”), the Committee shall provide either: (i) that the Award cannot be exercised after such Qualifying Event, provided that, subject to the satisfaction of the provisions of Section 2(b)(i) hereof, the Award shall be immediately and fully vested immediately prior to the consummation of any such Qualifying Event, and provided further that nothing in this Paragraph 6(b) shall prohibit Participant from exercising any then exercisable portion of the Award (including any portion thereof which will become exercisable by virtue of such Qualifying Event and/or the provisions of Section 2(b)(i)) prior to, or simultaneously with, the occurrence of such Qualifying Event and that, upon the occurrence of such Qualifying Event, the Award will terminate and be of no further force or effect and no longer be outstanding; (ii) that the Award will remain outstanding after such Qualifying Event, and from and after the consummation of such Qualifying Event, subject to the satisfaction of the provisions of Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof, the Award will be exercisable for the kind and amount of securities and/or other property receivable as a result of such Qualifying Event by the holder of a number of Common Shares for which the Award could have been exercised immediately prior to such Qualifying Event; or (iii) the Award will be cancelled in its entirety and repurchased by the Company at a specific aggregate price equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the relevant underlying Common Shares less the applicable Base Price multiplied by then exercisable portion of the Award (including any portion thereof which will become exercisable by virtue of such Qualifying Event and/or the provisions of Section 2(b)(i)) and that, upon the occurrence of such Qualifying Event, the Award will terminate and be of no further force or effect and no longer be outstanding. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 6(b) and the terms and conditions of Sections 12(b) and/or 13 of the Plan, the terms and condition of this Paragraph 6(b) shall control. The Committee’s election pursuant to this Paragraph 6(b) will be applied in the same manner to all other holders of the Company’s stock options and stock appreciation rights whose award agreements contain a similar provision. The Committee may only elect the alternatives specified in clauses (i) or (iii) of the first sentence of this Paragraph 6(b) in connection with any Qualifying Event described in clauses (iii)(A) or (iii)(C) of the definition of “Change of Control” (as such term is defined in the Plan).

7. Compliance With Legal Requirements .

(a) The Award shall not be exercisable and no Common Shares shall be issued or transferred pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan unless and until the Tax Withholding Obligation (as defined below), and all legal requirements applicable to such issuance or transfer have, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, been satisfied. Such legal requirements may include, but are not limited to, (i) registering or qualifying such Common Shares under any state or federal law or under the rules of any stock exchange or trading system, (ii) satisfying any applicable law or rule relating to the transfer of unregistered securities or demonstrating the availability of an exemption from applicable laws, (iii) placing a restricted legend on the Common Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Award, or (iv) obtaining the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body.

 

B-1-4


(b) Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register for resale the Common Shares issued upon exercise of the Award. The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any exercise of the Award and/or any resales by Participant or other subsequent transfers by Participant of any Common Shares issued as a result of the exercise of the Award, including without limitation (i) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (ii) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Award and/or the Common Shares underlying the Award and (iii) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for exercising the Award and/or for such resales or other transfers. The sale of the shares underlying the Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

8. Shareholder Rights . Participant shall not be deemed a shareholder of the Company with respect to any of the Common Shares subject to the Award, except to the extent that such shares shall have been purchased and transferred to Participant.

9. Withholding Taxes .

(a) Participant is liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Award, regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Award. The Company does not make any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant, vesting or settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Award. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

(b) Prior to any event in connection with the Award (e.g., vesting or payment in respect of the Award) that the Company determines may result in any domestic or foreign tax withholding obligation, whether national, federal, state or local, including any social tax obligation (the “ Tax Withholding Obligation ”), Participant is required to arrange for the satisfaction of the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company.

(c) Participant shall notify the Company of Participant’s election to pay Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by wire transfer, cashier’s check or by authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise be issued to Participant in connection with the Award or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or other means permitted by the Company. In such case, Participant shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation by paying to the Company on such date as it shall specify an amount that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy the expected Tax Withholding Obligation by (i) wire transfer to such account as the Company may direct, (ii) delivery of a cashier’s check payable to the Company, Attn: General Counsel, at the Company’s principal executive offices, or such other address as the Company may from time to time direct, (iii) authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise

 

B-1-5


be issued to Participant in connection with the Award or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or (iv) such other means as the Company may establish or permit. Participant agrees and acknowledges that prior to the date the Tax Withholding Obligation arises, the Company will be required to estimate the amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation and accordingly may require the amount paid to the Company under this Paragraph 9(c) to be more than the minimum amount that may actually be due and that, if Participant has not delivered or otherwise provided payment of a sufficient amount to the Company to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation (regardless of whether as a result of the Company underestimating the required payment or Participant failing to timely make the required payment), the additional Tax Withholding Obligation amounts shall be satisfied such other means as the Committee deems appropriate.

10. Assignment or Transfer Prohibited . The Award may not be assigned or transferred otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the life of Participant only by Participant or Participant’s guardian or legal representative. Neither the Award nor any right hereunder shall be subject to attachment, execution or other similar process. In the event of any attempt by Participant to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Award or any right hereunder, except as provided for herein, or in the event of the levy or any attachment, execution or similar process upon the rights or interests hereby conferred, the Company may terminate the Award by notice to Participant, and the Award shall thereupon become null and void.

11. Committee Authority . Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement or the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under this Agreement or the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. All decisions by the Committee shall be final and binding.

12. Application of the Plan . The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of hereof and as the Plan is amended from time to time. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise herein. As used herein, the term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan, and the term “Paragraph” refers to provisions of this Agreement.

13. No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in the Plan, in this Agreement or any other instrument executed pursuant thereto or hereto shall confer upon Participant any right to continued employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

14. Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party, shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan.

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan together set forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral and written and all contemporaneous or subsequent oral discussions, agreements and understandings of any kind or nature.

 

B-1-6


16. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    HERBALIFE LTD.
      By:    
Michael O. Johnson       Name:
        Title:

 

B-1-7


ANNEX B-2

FORM OF 2008 SARs

HERBALIFE LTD.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD AGREEMENT

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 27, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”) between HERBALIFE LTD., an entity organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and Michael O. Johnson (“ Participant ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the Committee designated under the Plan (or an officer of the Company to who the authority to grant Awards has been delegated), desires to grant to Participant an award of stock appreciation rights; and

WHEREAS, Participant desires to accept such award subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and Participant, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant .

(a) The Company hereby grants to the Participant an Award of 396,120 Stock Appreciation Rights (the “ Award ”) in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan (each as amended from time to time). Each Stock Appreciation Right represents the right to receive, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to this Agreement, from the Company, a payment, paid in Common Shares, par value $.002 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”), equal to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value, on the date of exercise, of one Common Share (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan) over the Base Price (as defined below) of the Stock Appreciation Right, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value, on the date of exercise, of one Common Share, subject to terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan (each as amended from time to time).

(b) The “ Base Price ” for the Stock Appreciation Right shall be $48.64 per share (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 12 of the Plan).

(c) Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

 

B-2-1


2. Time for Exercise .

(a) Subject to Section 2(c) and Participant’s continued employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (or as otherwise provided in Section 2(b)), the Award shall become vested and exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (the period between the Grant Date and the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date the “ Performance Period ”) provided that during the Performance Period the Company’s Common Shares closed at a price for thirty (30) consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $80.43 per share (the “ Price Performance Standard ”).

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary,

(i) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control in which either (A) the Price Performance Standard or the Alternate Price Performance Standard (as defined below) has been satisfied prior to the date of such Change of Control or (B) the price per Common Share received by the Company’s shareholders in connection with such Change of Control transaction (as determined in good faith by the Committee as in existence immediately prior to the Change of Control) is equal to or greater than the Alternate Price Performance Standard (as defined below), the vesting of the Award shall be accelerated such that 100% of the then unvested portion of the Award shall become vested and exercisable as of the date of the Change of Control; and

(ii) in the event that Participant’s employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (or their respective successors) is terminated by the Company without “Cause” or by Participant for “Good Reason” (each as defined below), or in the event of Participant’s death or “Disability” (as defined below) and either (A) the Price Performance Standard has been satisfied as of the date of such event or (B) during the period between the Grant Date and the date of such event, the Company’s Common Shares closed at a price for thirty (30) consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $60.82 per share (the “ Alternate Price Performance Standard ”), the Award shall become immediately and fully vested and exercisable.

(c) Participant acknowledges and agrees that he is subject to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

3. Expiration .

(a) The Award shall expire on the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date; provided, however, that the Award may earlier terminate as provided in this Paragraph 3 and/or in Section 13 of the Plan.

(b) Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, in the event that the Price Performance Standard is not achieved during the Performance Period, the Award shall expire on the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date.

(c) Upon termination of Participant’s employment with the Company, that portion of the Award that is vested and exercisable, and any portion of the Award that becomes vested and exercisable in accordance with Paragraph 2(b), will terminate in accordance with the following:

(i) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date of such termination;

 

B-2-2


(ii) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of Participant’s resignation without Good Reason, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is thirty days immediately following the date of such termination;

(iii) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of Participant’s death or Disability, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is one year immediately following the date of such termination; and

(iv) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by reason of Participant’s resignation for Good Reason, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is two years immediately following the date of such termination, unless the Award became vested and exercisable solely due to the achievement of the Alternate Price Performance Standard (and not the Price Performance Standard), in which event the Award will terminate on the date that is 90 days immediately following the date of such termination.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than a termination by the Company for Cause, and at any time during the permitted exercise period following the effective date of such termination of employment Participant is subject to a “trading blackout” or “quiet period” with respect to the Common Shares or if the Company determines, upon the advice of legal counsel, that Participant may not to trade in the Common Shares due to Participant’s possession of material non-public information, the Company shall extend the period during which Participant may exercise his then remaining vested portion of this Award until the later of (i) the expiration date of the Award determined pursuant to Paragraph 3(c) and (ii) the date that is thirty days following the first date on which Participant is no longer subject to such restrictions on trading with respect to the Common Shares.

(e) For purposes hereof, the terms “ Cause ,” Good Reason ” and “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement by and between the Company and Participant dated as of March 27, 2008.

4. Method of Exercise . The Award may be exercised by delivery to the Company (attention: Secretary) of a notice of exercise in the form specified by the Company specifying the number of shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised.

5. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares may be purchased upon any exercise.

6. Adjustments of Shares and Awards .

(a) Subject to Section 12(a) of the Plan, in the event of any change in the outstanding Shares by reason of an acquisition, spin-off or reclassification, recapitalization or merger, combination or exchange of Common Shares or other corporate exchange, Change of Control or similar event, the Committee shall adjust appropriately the number or kind of shares or securities subject to the Award and Base Prices related thereto and make such other revisions to the Award as it deems are equitably required. Any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 6 shall be implemented in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

B-2-3


(b) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any merger or consolidation of the Company into another corporation, the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, a Change of Control or the recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or any other similar fundamental transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (any of the foregoing, a “ Qualifying Event ”), the Committee shall provide either: (i) that the Award cannot be exercised after such Qualifying Event, provided that, subject to the satisfaction of the provisions of Section 2(b)(i) hereof, the Award shall be immediately and fully vested immediately prior to the consummation of any such Qualifying Event, and provided further that nothing in this Paragraph 6(b) shall prohibit Participant from exercising any then exercisable portion of the Award (including any portion thereof which will become exercisable by virtue of such Qualifying Event and/or the provisions of Section 2(b)(i)) prior to, or simultaneously with, the occurrence of such Qualifying Event and that, upon the occurrence of such Qualifying Event, the Award will terminate and be of no further force or effect and no longer be outstanding; (ii) that the Award will remain outstanding after such Qualifying Event, and from and after the consummation of such Qualifying Event, subject to the satisfaction of the provisions of Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof, the Award will be exercisable for the kind and amount of securities and/or other property receivable as a result of such Qualifying Event by the holder of a number of Common Shares for which the Award could have been exercised immediately prior to such Qualifying Event; or (iii) the Award will be cancelled in its entirety and repurchased by the Company at a specific aggregate price equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the relevant underlying Common Shares less the applicable Base Price multiplied by then exercisable portion of the Award (including any portion thereof which will become exercisable by virtue of such Qualifying Event and/or the provisions of Section 2(b)(i)) and that, upon the occurrence of such Qualifying Event, the Award will terminate and be of no further force or effect and no longer be outstanding. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 6(b) and the terms and conditions of Sections 12(b) and/or 13 of the Plan, the terms and condition of this Paragraph 6(b) shall control. The Committee’s election pursuant to this Paragraph 6(b) will be applied in the same manner to all other holders of the Company’s stock options and stock appreciation rights whose award agreements contain a similar provision. The Committee may only elect the alternatives specified in clauses (i) or (iii) of the first sentence of this Paragraph 6(b) in connection with any Qualifying Event described in clauses (iii)(A) or (iii)(C) of the definition of “Change of Control” (as such term is defined in the Plan).

7. Compliance With Legal Requirements .

(a) The Award shall not be exercisable and no Common Shares shall be issued or transferred pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan unless and until the Tax Withholding Obligation (as defined below), and all legal requirements applicable to such issuance or transfer have, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, been satisfied. Such legal requirements may include, but are not limited to, (i) registering or qualifying such Common Shares under any state or federal law or under the rules of any stock exchange or trading system, (ii) satisfying any applicable law or rule relating to the transfer of unregistered securities or demonstrating the availability of an exemption from applicable laws, (iii) placing a restricted legend on the Common Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Award, or (iv) obtaining the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body.

 

B-2-4


(b) Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register for resale the Common Shares issued upon exercise of the Award. The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any exercise of the Award and/or any resales by Participant or other subsequent transfers by Participant of any Common Shares issued as a result of the exercise of the Award, including without limitation (i) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (ii) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Award and/or the Common Shares underlying the Award and (iii) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for exercising the Award and/or for such resales or other transfers. The sale of the shares underlying the Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

8. Shareholder Rights . Participant shall not be deemed a shareholder of the Company with respect to any of the Common Shares subject to the Award, except to the extent that such shares shall have been purchased and transferred to Participant.

9. Withholding Taxes .

(a) Participant is liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Award, regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Award. The Company does not make any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant, vesting or settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Award. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

(b) Prior to any event in connection with the Award (e.g., vesting or payment in respect of the Award) that the Company determines may result in any domestic or foreign tax withholding obligation, whether national, federal, state or local, including any social tax obligation (the “ Tax Withholding Obligation ”), Participant is required to arrange for the satisfaction of the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company.

(c) Participant shall notify the Company of Participant’s election to pay Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by wire transfer, cashier’s check or by authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise be issued to Participant in connection with the Award or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or other means permitted by the Company. In such case, Participant shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation by paying to the Company on such date as it shall specify an amount that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy the expected Tax Withholding Obligation by (i) wire transfer to such account as the Company may direct, (ii) delivery of a cashier’s check payable to the Company, Attn: General Counsel, at the Company’s principal executive offices, or such other address as the Company may from time to time direct, (iii) authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise

 

B-2-5


be issued to Participant in connection with the Award or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or (iv) such other means as the Company may establish or permit. Participant agrees and acknowledges that prior to the date the Tax Withholding Obligation arises, the Company will be required to estimate the amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation and accordingly may require the amount paid to the Company under this Paragraph 9(c) to be more than the minimum amount that may actually be due and that, if Participant has not delivered or otherwise provided payment of a sufficient amount to the Company to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation (regardless of whether as a result of the Company underestimating the required payment or Participant failing to timely make the required payment), the additional Tax Withholding Obligation amounts shall be satisfied such other means as the Committee deems appropriate.

10. Assignment or Transfer Prohibited . The Award may not be assigned or transferred otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the life of Participant only by Participant or Participant’s guardian or legal representative. Neither the Award nor any right hereunder shall be subject to attachment, execution or other similar process. In the event of any attempt by Participant to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Award or any right hereunder, except as provided for herein, or in the event of the levy or any attachment, execution or similar process upon the rights or interests hereby conferred, the Company may terminate the Award by notice to Participant, and the Award shall thereupon become null and void.

11. Committee Authority . Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement or the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under this Agreement or the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. All decisions by the Committee shall be final and binding.

12. Application of the Plan . The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of hereof and as the Plan is amended from time to time. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise herein. As used herein, the term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan, and the term “Paragraph” refers to provisions of this Agreement.

13. No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in the Plan, in this Agreement or any other instrument executed pursuant thereto or hereto shall confer upon Participant any right to continued employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

14. Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party, shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan.

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan together set forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral and written and all contemporaneous or subsequent oral discussions, agreements and understandings of any kind or nature.

 

B-2-6


16. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    HERBALIFE LTD.

 

    By:  

 

Michael O. Johnson       Name:
        Title:

 

B-2-7


ANNEX C

FORM OF 2008 RSU

HERBALIFE LTD.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

This Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of this 27th day of March, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), and is between Herbalife Ltd., an entity organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and Michael O. Johnson (“ Participant ”).

WHEREAS, the Company, by action of the Board and approval of its shareholders established the Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”);

WHEREAS, Participant is employed by the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries and the Company desires to encourage Participant to own Common Shares for the purposes stated in Section 1 of the Plan;

WHEREAS, Participant and the Company have entered into this Agreement to govern the terms of the Stock Unit Award (as defined below) granted to Participant by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Grant .

(a) The Company hereby grants to Participant an Award of 130,480 Stock Units (the “ Award ”) in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan (as amended from time to time). Each Stock Unit represents the right to receive one Common Share (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan) subject to the fulfillment of the vesting and other conditions set forth in this Agreement. By accepting the Award, Participant irrevocably agrees on behalf of Participant and Participant’s successors and permitted assigns to all of the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in or pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan (as such Plan may be amended from time to time).

(b) Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

2. Vesting .

(a) Participant’s Stock Units and rights in and to the Common Shares subject to the Stock Units shall not be vested as of the Grant Date and shall be forfeitable unless and until otherwise vested pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Subject to Participant’s continued employment with the Company and/or its subsidiaries or affiliates the Award shall become vested in accordance with the following schedule: (i) thirty percent (30%) of the Stock Units subject to the Award shall vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date, (ii) thirty percent (30%) of the Stock Units subject to the Award shall vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date, (iii) thirty percent (30%) of the Stock Units subject to the Award shall vest on the third

 

C-1


anniversary of the Grant Date, and (iv) the remaining ten percent (10%) of the Stock Units subject to the Award shall vest on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (each such date a “ Vesting Date ”). Stock Units that have vested and are no longer subject to forfeiture are referred to herein as “ Vested Units .” Stock Units that are not vested and remain subject to forfeiture are referred to herein as “ Unvested Units .”

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Section 409A Change of Control (as defined below), any Unvested Units shall become fully vested as of immediately prior to the consummation of the Section 409A Change of Control.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, in the event of Participant’s termination of employment as a result of Participant’s death or “Disability” (as defined below), all Unvested Units shall vest as of the date of such termination of employment.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, but subject to Section 2(b) hereof, in the event of Participant’s termination of employment by the Company without “Cause” or by Participant for “Good Reason” (each as defined below, and the date of such event being referred to in this Section 2(d) as the “ Termination Date ”), the Unvested Units shall vest as follows:

(i) the portion of the Unvested Units that would have become vested on the applicable Vesting Date pursuant to Section 2(a) above next following the Termination Date shall become vested as of the Termination Date on a pro rata basis, calculated by multiplying such portion of the Unvested Units by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of months elapsed from the Vesting Date that immediately preceded the Termination Date through and including the month of the Termination Date, and the denominator of which is twelve;

(ii) in addition to the Unvested Units described in clause (i) above, in the event the Termination Date is on or prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date, then an additional number of Unvested Units shall become vested as of the Termination Date equal to fifty percent (50%) of the then-remaining Unvested Units (determined after applying the clause (i) above);

(iii) in addition to the Unvested Units described in clause (i) above, in the event the Termination Date is after the second anniversary of the Grant Date but on or prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, then an additional number of Unvested Units shall become vested as of the Termination Date equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the then-remaining Unvested Units (determined after applying the clause (i) above); and

(iv) in addition to the Unvested Units described in clause (i) above, in the event the Termination Date is after the third anniversary of the Grant Date, all Unvested Units shall become vested as of the Termination Date.

(e) For purposes hereof, the terms “ Disability, ” “ Cause ” and “ Good Reason ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement by and between the Company and the Participant dated as of March 27, 2008 (the “ Employment Agreement ”).

 

C-2


(f) For purposes hereof, the term “ Section 409A Change in Control ” shall mean the consummation of (i) a “change in the ownership” of the Company, (ii) a “change in the effective control” of the Company or (iii) a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company (each as defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended).

3. Settlement of Stock Units .

(a) Subject to any deferral pursuant to Paragraph 3(b) hereof and subject to the provisions of Section 20(b) of the Employment Agreement, each Vested Unit will be settled by the delivery of one Common Share (subject to adjustment under Section 12 of the Plan) to Participant or, in the event of Participant’s death, to Participant’s estate, heir or beneficiary, within thirty (30) days following the applicable Vesting Date; provided that the Participant has satisfied all of the tax withholding obligations described in Paragraph 8, and that Participant has completed, signed and returned any documents and taken any additional action that the Company deems appropriate to enable it to accomplish the delivery of the Common Shares.

(b) Subject to the satisfaction all of the tax withholding obligations described in Paragraph 8, Participant may elect to defer the receipt of any Common Shares issuable pursuant to Vested Units by submitting to the Company an election to defer receipt in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit A. In the event Participant intends to defer the receipt of any Common Shares, Participant must submit to the Company a deferral election form within thirty (30) days following the Grant Date. Participant hereby represents that Participant understands the effect of any such deferral under relevant federal, state and local tax laws.

(c) The date upon which Common Shares are to be issued under either Paragraph 3(a) or 3(b) above is referred to as the “ Settlement Date .” The issuance of the Common Shares hereunder may be effected by the issuance of a stock certificate, recording shares on the stock records of the Company or by crediting shares in an account established on Participant’s behalf with a brokerage firm or other custodian, in each case as determined by the Company. Fractional shares will not be issued pursuant to the Award.

(d) Notwithstanding the above, (i) for administrative or other reasons, the Company may from time to time temporarily suspend the issuance of Common Shares in respect of Vested Units, (ii) the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Common Shares during any period when the Company determines that the delivery of shares hereunder would violate any federal, state or other applicable laws, (iii) the Company may issue Common Shares hereunder subject to any restrictive legends that, as determined by the Company’s counsel, are necessary to comply with securities or other regulatory requirements and (iv) the date on which shares are issued hereunder may include a delay in order to provide the Company such time as it determines appropriate to address tax withholding and other administrative matters.

4. Shareholder Rights . Prior to any issuance of Common Shares in settlement of the Award, no Common Shares will be reserved or earmarked for Participant or Participant’s account nor shall Participant have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Common Shares. Except as set forth in Paragraph 5, the Participant will not be entitled to any privileges of ownership of the Common Shares (including, without limitation, any voting rights) underlying Vested Units and/or Unvested Units unless and until Common Shares are actually delivered to Participant hereunder.

 

C-3


5. Dividend Equivalent Rights . From and after the Grant Date and unless and until the Award is forfeited or otherwise transferred back to the Company, Participant will be credited with additional Stock Units having a value equal to dividends declared by the Company, if any, with record dates that occur prior to the settlement of the Award as if the Common Shares underlying the Award had been issued and outstanding, based on the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the applicable dividend payment date. Any such additional Stock Units shall be considered part of the Award and shall also be credited with additional Stock Units as dividends, if any, are declared, and shall be subject to the same restrictions and conditions as the Stock Units subject to the Award with respect to which they were credited (including, but not limited to, the forfeiture provisions set forth in Paragraph 6). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such additional Stock Units will be credited with respect to any dividend declared by the Company in connection with which the Award is adjusted pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan.

6. Effect of Termination of Employment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, and except as provided in Sections 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) hereof, upon a termination of Participant’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Unvested Units shall be forfeited by Participant and cancelled and surrendered to the Company without payment of any consideration to Participant.

7. Adjustments of Common Shares and Awards . Subject to Section 12(a) of the Plan, in the event of any change in the outstanding Common Shares by reason of an acquisition, spin-off or reclassification, recapitalization or merger, combination or exchange of Common Shares or other corporate exchange, Change of Control or similar event, the Committee shall adjust appropriately the number or kind of shares or securities subject to the Award and make such other revisions to the Award as it deems are equitably required.

8. Withholding Taxes .

(a) Participant is liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Award, regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Award. The Company does not make any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant, vesting or settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Award. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

(b) Prior to any event in connection with the Award (e.g., vesting or payment in respect of the Award) that the Company determines may result in any domestic or foreign tax withholding obligation, whether national, federal, state or local, including any social tax obligation (the “ Tax Withholding Obligation ”), Participant is required to arrange for the satisfaction of the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company.

 

C-4


(c) Unless the Committee provides otherwise, at any time not less than five (5) business days before any Tax Withholding Obligation arises (e.g., a Settlement Date), Participant shall notify the Company of Participant’s election to pay Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by wire transfer, cashier’s check or by authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise be issued to Participant as a result of the settlement of the Stock Units or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or other means permitted by the Company. In such case, Participant shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation by paying to the Company on such date as it shall specify an amount that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy the expected Tax Withholding Obligation by (i) wire transfer to such account as the Company may direct, (ii) delivery of a cashier’s check payable to the Company, Attn: General Counsel, at the Company’s principal executive offices, or such other address as the Company may from time to time direct, (iii) authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise be issued to Participant as a result of the settlement of the Stock Units or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or (iv) such other means as the Company may establish or permit (including by means of a “same day sale” program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company and applicable law). Participant agrees and acknowledges that prior to the date the Tax Withholding Obligation arises, the Company will be required to estimate the amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation and accordingly may require the amount paid to the Company under this Paragraph 8(c) to be more than the minimum amount that may actually be due and that, if Participant has not delivered or otherwise provided payment of a sufficient amount to the Company to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation (regardless of whether as a result of the Company underestimating the required payment or Participant failing to timely make the required payment), the additional Tax Withholding Obligation amounts shall be satisfied by such other means as the Committee deems appropriate.

9. Securities Law Compliance . Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register for resale the Common Shares issued upon settlement of the Award. The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by Participant or other subsequent transfers by Participant of any Common Shares issued as a result of or under this Award, including without limitation (i) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (ii) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Award and/or the Common Shares underlying the Award and (iii) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for such resales or other transfers. Any sale of the Common Shares must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

10. Assignment or Transfer Prohibited . The Award (whether or not vested) may not be assigned or transferred otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, Participant may assign or transfer the Award to the extent permitted under the Plan, provided that the Award shall be subject to all the terms and condition of the Plan, this Agreement and any other terms required by the Committee as a condition to such transfer. Neither the Award nor any right hereunder shall be subject to attachment, execution or other similar process. In the event of any attempt by Participant to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Award or any right hereunder, except as provided for herein, or in the event of the levy or any attachment, execution or similar process upon the rights or interests hereby conferred, the Company may terminate the Award by notice to Participant, and the Award shall thereupon become null and void.

 

C-5


11. Committee Authority . Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement or the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under this Agreement or the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. All decisions by the Committee shall be final and binding.

12. Application of the Plan . The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of hereof and as the Plan is amended from time to time. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise herein. As used herein, the term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan, and the term “Paragraph” refers to provisions of this Agreement.

13. No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in the Plan, in this Agreement or any other instrument executed pursuant thereto or hereto shall confer upon Participant any right to continued employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates.

14. Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party, shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan.

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan together set forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral and written and all contemporaneous or subsequent oral discussions, agreements and understandings of any kind or nature.

16. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

[ signature page follows ]

 

C-6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    HERBALIFE LTD.
    By:  

 

 

Michael O. Johnson

      Name:
        Title:

 

C-7


HERBALIFE LTD.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

DEFERRAL ELECTION FORM

Effective as of      , the undersigned hereby irrevocably elects (the “ Election ”) to defer receipt of certain common shares (the “ Common Shares ”) of Herbalife Ltd. (the “ Company ”) related to the Stock Units (the “ Award ”) awarded under and pursuant to the Stock Unit Award Agreement dated March 27, 2008 (the “ Award Agreement ”) and the Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”). This deferral shall be made in accordance with the terms and provisions outlined in this Election in the manner and amount set forth below.

In making this election, the following rules apply:

 

   

You may elect to defer the settlement of all or a portion of your Award. Your deferral must be expressed as a percentage of the Stock Units subject to the Award, and will apply with respect to that percentage of the Stock Units that vest on each Vesting Date (other than any Vesting Date that occurs prior to the date that is 12 months following the date on which this Election is received by the Company).

 

   

If you elect to defer the settlement of all or a portion of your Award, you will receive the Common Shares subject to your Vested Units (as such term is defined in the Award Agreement) upon the first to occur of (a) a date specified in this Election or (b) a termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

Manner of Transfer

In general, all deferrals pursuant to this election will be paid out in Common Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Award Agreement and the Plan and additional delays described in Paragraph 4 below under Terms and Conditions, all of the Common Shares you are entitled to receive on the Settlement Date specified in this Election will be transferred to you on the applicable Settlement Date.

Amount of the Deferral

 

¨ I hereby irrevocably elect to defer settlement of      % of the Stock Units subject to the Award.

 

C-8


Duration of the Deferral

Settlement of that portion of the Award specified above shall be deferred until [by checking the appropriate box below and, if applicable, filling in the distribution date]:

 

¨      , 20      [Note: this date must be after the final vesting date of the Award], but in no event later than a termination of my employment with the Company; or

 

¨ termination of my employment with the Company.

 

Change in Control

 

¨ I hereby acknowledge that unless I elect hereunder not to receive payment in respect of that portion of the Award deferred hereunder upon a Section 409A Change in Control Event (as defined herein), I will automatically receive payment in respect of that portion of the Award deferred hereunder upon the consummation of either (i) a “change in the ownership” of the Company, (ii) a “change in the effective control” of the Company or (iii) a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company (each as defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and collectively referred to herein as a “ Section 409A Change in Control Event ”).

[You must indicate your election not to receive payment upon a Section 409A Change in Control Event by checking the box and initialing to the left]

Terms and Conditions

By signing this form, you acknowledge your understanding and acceptance of the following:

 

  1. Submission of Election to the Company . You understand that the Election must be submitted to the Company within 30 days following the date the Award was granted.

 

  2. Tax Withholding Obligation . No Common Shares will be issued to you unless on the Settlement Date unless the Tax Withholding Obligation set forth in Paragraph 9 of the Agreement is satisfied.

 

  3. Cash Dividends . You will be credited with additional Stock Units (the settlement of which shall be deferred hereunder) having a value equal to any cash dividends declared by the Company with record dates that occur prior to the settlement of the Award as if the Common Shares underlying that portion of the Award that is deferred hereunder had been issued and outstanding, based on the fair market value of a Common Share on the applicable dividend payment date. Any such additional Stock Units shall be considered part of the Award and shall also be credited with additional Stock Units as dividends, if any, are declared, and shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

C-9


4. Automatic Delay for Specified Employees . If the Company determines that as of the Settlement Date you are a “specified employee” (as such term is defined under Section 409A of the Code, any Common Shares to be issued to you on a Settlement Date that occurs by reason of your termination of employment with the Company other by reason of your death or “disability (as such term is defined under Section 409A of the Code) will not be issued to you until the date that is six months following the Settlement Date (or such earlier time permitted under Section 409A of the Code without the imposition of any accelerated or additional taxes under Section 409A of the Code).

 

5. ERISA Status. This Election comprises a portion of a plan is intended to be an unfunded plan that is maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation to a select group of “management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201, 301, and 401 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), and therefore to be exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3, and 4 of Title I of ERISA.

 

6. Administration . This Election is administered and interpreted by the Committee (as such term is defined in the Plan). The Committee has full and exclusive discretion to interpret and administer this Election. All actions, interpretations and decisions of the Committee are conclusive and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum possible deference allowed by law.

 

7. Claims Procedure . Any person who believes he or she is entitled to any payment under this Election may submit a claim in writing to the Company. If the claim is denied (either in full or in part), the claimant will be provided a written notice explaining the specific reasons for the denial and referring to the provisions of the Agreement or the Plan on which the denial is based. The notice will describe any additional information needed to support the claim. The denial notice will be provided within ninety (90) days after the claim is received. If special circumstances require an extension of time (up to 90 days), written notice of the extension will be given within the initial ninety-day period.

 

8. Appeals Procedure . If a claimant’s claim is denied, the claimant (or his or her authorized representative) may apply in writing to the Company for a review of the decision denying the claim. The claimant (or representative) then has the right to review pertinent documents and to submit issues and comments in writing. The Company will provide written notice of its decision on review within sixty (60) days after it receives a review request. If additional time (up to sixty (60) days) is needed to review the request, the claimant will be given written notice of the reason for the delay. Any claims for benefits under this Election brought in a court of law must be filed in such court before the earlier of ninety (90) days after any appeal pursuant to this Paragraph 8 or one (1) year from the date the claim arose.

[ signature page follows ]

 

C-10


Submitted by:     Accepted by:
    HERBALIFE LTD.
      By:  

 

 

Michael O. Johnson

      Name:
        Title:

 

C-11


ANNEX D

PARACHUTE TAX INDEMNITY PROVISIONS

This Annex D sets forth the terms and provisions applicable to Executive pursuant to the provisions of Section 4(g) of the Agreement. This Annex D shall be subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Agreement. Capitalized terms used without definition in this Annex D shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

(i) In the event that Executive shall become entitled to payments and/or benefits provided by the Agreement or any other amounts in the “nature of compensation” (whether pursuant to the terms of any plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company, any person whose actions result in a change of ownership or effective control covered by Section 280G(b)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) or any person affiliated with the Company or such person) as a result of such change in ownership or effective control (collectively, the “ Company Payments ”), and such Company Payments will be subject to the tax (the “ Excise Tax ”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (and any similar tax that may hereafter be imposed by any taxing authority), the Company shall pay to Executive at the time specified in clause (v) hereof an additional amount (the “ Gross-Up Payment ”) such that the net amount retained by Executive, after deduction of any Excise Tax on the Company Payments and any U.S. federal, state, and local income or payroll tax upon the Gross-Up Payment provided for by this clause (i), but before deduction for any U.S. federal, state, and local income or payroll tax on the Company Payments, shall be equal to the Company Payments.

(ii) For purposes of determining whether any of the Company Payments and Gross-Up Payment (collectively, the “ Total Payments ”) will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amount of such Excise Tax, (A) the Total Payments shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all “parachute payments” in excess of the “base amount” (as defined under Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, unless and except to the extent that, in the opinion of the Company’s independent certified public accountants appointed prior to any change in ownership (as defined under Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code) or tax counsel selected by such accountants or the Company (the “ Accountants ”) such Total Payments (in whole or in part): (1) do not constitute “parachute payments,” (2) represent reasonable compensation for services actually rendered within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(4) of the Code in excess of the “base amount” or (3) are otherwise not subject to the Excise Tax, and (B) the value of any non-cash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be determined by the Accountants in accordance with the principles of Section 280G of the Code. In the event that the Accountants are serving as accountants or auditors for the individual, entity or group effecting the change in control (within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code), the Company may appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the “Accountants” hereunder). All determinations hereunder shall be made by the Accountants which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive at such time as it is requested by the Company or Executive. The determination of the Accountants shall be final and binding upon the Company and Executive.

 

D-1


(iii) For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, Executive’s marginal blended actual rates of federal, state and local income taxation in the calendar year in which the change in ownership or effective control that subjects Executive to the Excise Tax occurs shall be used. In the event that the Excise Tax is subsequently determined by the Accountants to be less than the amount taken into account hereunder at the time the Gross-Up Payment is made, Executive shall promptly repay to the Company, at the time that the amount of such reduction in Excise Tax is finally determined, the portion of the prior Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Excise Tax and U.S. federal, state and local income tax imposed on the portion of the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by Executive), plus interest on the amount of such repayment at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code. In the event that the Excise Tax is later determined by the Accountants or the Internal Revenue Service to exceed the amount taken into account hereunder at the time the Gross-Up Payment is made (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross-Up Payment in respect of such excess (plus any interest or penalties payable with respect to such excess imposed by the applicable taxing authority) promptly after the amount of such excess is finally determined.

(iv) The Gross-Up Payment or portion thereof provided for in clause (iii) above shall be paid not later than the sixtieth (60th) day following an event occurring which subjects Executive to the Excise Tax; provided , however , that if the amount of such Gross-Up Payment or portion thereof cannot be finally determined on or before such day, the Company shall pay to Executive on such day an estimate, as determined in good faith by the Accountants, of the minimum amount of such payments and shall pay the remainder of such payments (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code), subject to further payments pursuant to clause (iii) above, as soon as the amount thereof can reasonably be determined. Subject to clauses (iii) and (viii) of this Annex D, in the event that the amount of the estimated payments exceeds the amount subsequently determined to have been due, such excess shall constitute a loan by the Company to Executive, payable on the fifth (5th) day after demand by the Company (together with interest at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code).

(v) Executive shall promptly notify the Company in writing of any claim by any taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of a Gross-Up Payment; provided , however , that failure by Executive to give such notice promptly shall not result in a waiver or forfeiture of any the Executive’s rights under this Annex D except to the extent of actual damages suffered by the Company as a result of such failure. If the Company notifies Executive in writing within 15 days after receiving such notice that it desires to contest such claim (and demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of Executive its ability to pay any resulting Gross-Up Payment), the Executive shall:

 

  (A) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim;

 

  (B) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney selected by the Company that is reasonably acceptable to Executive;

 

D-2


  (C) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; and

 

  (D) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided , however , that the Company’s actions do not unreasonably interfere with or prejudice Executive’s disputes with the taxing authority as to other issues; and provided , further , that the Company shall bear and pay on an after-tax and as-incurred basis, all attorneys fees, costs and expenses (including additional interest, penalties and additions to tax) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax and as-incurred basis, for all resulting taxes (including, without limitation, income and excise taxes), interest, penalties and additions to tax.

(vi) The Company shall be responsible for all charges of the Accountants.

(vii) The Company and Executive shall promptly deliver to each other copies of any written communications, and summaries of any verbal communications, with any taxing authority regarding the Excise Tax covered by this Annex D.

(viii) Nothing in this Annex D is intended to violate the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and to the extent that any advance or repayment obligation hereunder would do so, such obligation shall be modified so as to make the advance a nonrefundable payment to Executive and the repayment obligation null and void.

(ix) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or reimbursement made pursuant to this Annex D shall be paid to Executive promptly and in no event later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the related tax is paid by Executive or as otherwise provided under Treasury Regulation §1.409A-3(i)(1)(v).

(x) The provisions of this Annex D shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason and any amount payable under this Annex D shall be subject to the provisions of Section 20 of the Agreement.

 

D-3


ANNEX E

AGREEMENT AND GENERAL RELEASE

Agreement and General Release (the “ Agreement ”), by and among Michael O. Johnson (“Executive” and referred to herein as “you”) and Herbalife International of America, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the “ Company ”).

1. In exchange for your waiver of claims against the Company Entities (as defined below) and compliance with other terms and conditions of this Agreement, upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Company agrees to provide you with the payments and benefits provided in Section 4 of your employment agreement with the Company, dated March 27, 2008 (the “Employment Agreement”).

2. (a) In consideration for the payments and benefits to be provided to you pursuant to paragraph 1 above, you, for yourself and for your heirs, executors, administrators, trustees, legal representatives, and assigns (hereinafter referred to collectively as “ Releasors ”), FOREVER RELEASE AND DISCHARGE THE Company and its past, present and future parent entities, subsidiaries, divisions, affiliates and related business entities, successors and assigns, assets, employee benefit plans or funds, and any of its or their respective past, present and/or future directors, officers, fiduciaries, agents, trustees, administrators, employees and assigns, whether acting on behalf of the Company or in their individual capacities (collectively the “ Company Entities ”) from any and all claims, suits, demands, causes of action, covenants, obligations, debts, costs, expenses, fees and liabilities of any kind whatsoever in law or equity, by statute or otherwise, whether known or unknown, vested or contingent, suspected or unsuspected and whether or not concealed or hidden (collectively, the “ Claims ”), which you ever had, now have, or may have against any of the Company Entities by reason of any act, omission, transaction, practice, plan, policy, procedure, conduct, occurrence, or other matter related in any way to your employment by (including, but not limited to, termination thereof) the Company Entities up to and including the date on which you sign this Agreement, except as provided in subsection (c) below.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to and shall release the Company Entities from any and all claims, whether known or unknown, which Releasors ever had, now have, or may have against the Companies Entities arising out of your employment or termination thereof, including, but not limited to: (i) any claim under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (excluding claims for accrued, vested benefits under any employee benefit or pension plan of the Company Entities subject to the terms and conditions of such plan and applicable law), the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, or the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, in each case as amended; (ii) any claim under the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the California Labor Code, the California Family Rights Act, or the California Pregnancy Disability Leave Law; (iii) any other claim (whether based on federal, state, or local law (statutory or decisional), rule, regulation or ordinance) relating to or arising out of your employment, the terms and conditions of such employment, the termination of such employment, including, but not limited to, breach of contract (express or implied), wrongful discharge, detrimental reliance, defamation, emotional distress or compensatory or punitive damages; and (iv) any claim for attorneys’ fees, costs, disbursements and/or the like.

 

E-1


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be a waiver of claims: (1) that may arise after the date on which you sign this Agreement; (2) with respect to your right to enforce your rights that survive termination under the Employment Agreement (including, without limitation, the Internal Revenue Code Sections 280G and 409A indemnity provisions under the Employment Agreement) or any other written agreement entered into between you and the Company (including, without limitation, any equity grants or agreements); (3) regarding rights of indemnification, receipt of legal fees and directors and officers liability insurance to which you are entitled under the Employment Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, pursuant to any separate writing between you and the Company or pursuant to applicable law; (4) relating to any claims for accrued, vested benefits under any employee benefit plan or pension plan of the Company Entities subject to the terms and conditions of such plan and applicable law; or (5) as a stockholder or optionholder of the Company.

(d) In signing this Agreement, you acknowledge that you intend that this Agreement shall be effective as a bar to each and every one of the Claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. You expressly consent that this Agreement shall be given full force and effect according to each and all of its express terms and provisions, including those relating to unknown, unsuspected or unanticipated Claims (notwithstanding any state statute that expressly limits the effectiveness of a general release of unknown, unsuspected or unanticipated Claims), if any, as well as those relating to any other claims hereinabove mentioned or implied. You acknowledge and agree that this waiver is an essential and material term of this Agreement, and if you bring your own Claim in which you seek damages against any Company Entity, or if you seek to recover against any Company Entity in any Claim brought by a governmental agency on your behalf, the release set forth in this Agreement shall serve as a complete defense to such Claims, and you shall reimburse each Company Entity for any attorneys’ fees or expenses or other fees and expenses incurred in defending such Claim; provided, however, if a class action claim or governmental claim is brought on your behalf, your obligations will be limited to opting out of such action or other proceedings received in connection therewith to the Company, it being agreed that you shall not be liable to the Company for any attorneys’ fees or expenses or other fees or expenses in the case of any such class action claim or governmental claim.

(e) This Agreement shall not affect your rights under the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act to have a judicial determination of the validity of this Agreement and does not purport to limit any right that you may have to file a charge under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act or other civil rights statute or to participate in an investigation or proceeding conducted by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or other investigative agency. This Agreement does, however, waive and release any right to recover damages under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act or other civil rights statute.

 

E-2


(f) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, you waive all rights under California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides:

A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS OR HER FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM OR HER MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS OR HER SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR.

3. (a) This Agreement is not intended, and shall not be construed, as an admission that any of the Company Entities has violated any federal, state or local law (statutory or decisional), ordinance or regulation, breached any contract or committed any wrong whatsoever against you.

(b) Should any provision of this Agreement require interpretation or construction, it is agreed by the parties that the entity interpreting or constructing this Agreement shall not apply a presumption against one party by reason of the rule of construction that a document is to be construed more strictly against the party who prepared the document.

4. For two years from and after the date of your employment termination, each of the undersigned agrees not to make any derogatory, negative or disparaging public statement about the other party hereto (or, as applicable, any other Company Entity, or members of your family) or to make any public statement (or any statement likely to become public) that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect or disparage the reputation, or, to the extent applicable, business or goodwill of any of the undersigned (i.e., the Company or any other Company Entity, on the one hand, or you or your family, on the other hand), it being agreed and understood that nothing herein shall prohibit any party (a) from disclosing that you are no longer employed by the Company, (b) from responding truthfully to any governmental investigation or inquiry related thereto, whether by the Securities and Exchange Commission or other governmental entity or any other law, subpoena, court order or other compulsory legal process or any disclosure requirement of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or (c) from making traditional competitive statements in the course of promoting a competing business, so long as any statements made by you described in this clause (c) are not based on confidential information obtained during the course of your employment with the Company.

5. This Agreement is binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

6. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such State.

7. You acknowledge that your obligations pursuant to Sections 5 and 6 of the Employment Agreement survive the termination of your employment in accordance with the terms thereof. The Company acknowledges that its obligations under Sections 4 and 18 of the Employment Agreement survive the termination of your employment in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

E-3


8. You acknowledge that you: (a) have carefully read this Agreement in its entirety; (b) have had an opportunity to consider for at least twenty-one (21) days the terms of this Agreement; (c) are hereby advised by the Company in writing to consult with an attorney of your choice in connection with this Agreement; (d) fully understand the significance of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and have discussed them with your independent legal counsel, or have had a reasonable opportunity to do so; (e) have had answered to your satisfaction by your independent legal counsel any questions you have asked with regard to the meaning and significance of any of the provisions of this Agreement; and (f) are signing this Agreement voluntarily and of your own free will and agree to abide by all the terms and conditions contained herein.

9. You understand that you will have at least twenty-one (21) days from the date of receipt of this Agreement to consider the terms and conditions of this Agreement. You may accept this Agreement by signing it and returning it to the Company’s General Counsel at the address specified pursuant to Section 12 of the Employment Agreement. After executing this Agreement, you shall have seven (7) days (the “ Revocation Period ”) to revoke this Agreement by indicating your desire to do so in writing delivered to the Company’s General Counsel at the address above by no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh (7th) day after the date you sign this Agreement. The effective date of this Agreement shall be the eighth (8th) day after you sign the Agreement (the “ Agreement Effective Date ”). If the last day of the Revocation Period falls on a Saturday, Sunday or holiday, the last day of the Revocation Period will be deemed to be the next business day. In the event you do not accept this Agreement as set forth above, or in the event you revoke this Agreement during the Revocation Period, this Agreement, including but not limited to the obligation of the Company to provide the payments and benefits provided in paragraph 1 above, shall be deemed automatically null and void.

 

EXECUTIVE
By:  
  Michael O. Johnson

HERBALIFE INTERNATIONAL OF

AMERICA, INC.

By:  
Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

E-4

Exhibit 10.38

FORM OF 2008 RSU

HERBALIFE LTD.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

This Stock Unit Award Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of this 27th day of March, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”), and is between Herbalife Ltd., an entity organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and Michael O. Johnson (“ Participant ”).

WHEREAS, the Company, by action of the Board and approval of its shareholders established the Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”);

WHEREAS, Participant is employed by the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries and the Company desires to encourage Participant to own Common Shares for the purposes stated in Section 1 of the Plan;

WHEREAS, Participant and the Company have entered into this Agreement to govern the terms of the Stock Unit Award (as defined below) granted to Participant by the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Grant .

(a) The Company hereby grants to Participant an Award of 130,480 Stock Units (the “ Award ”) in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement and the Plan (as amended from time to time). Each Stock Unit represents the right to receive one Common Share (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan) subject to the fulfillment of the vesting and other conditions set forth in this Agreement. By accepting the Award, Participant irrevocably agrees on behalf of Participant and Participant’s successors and permitted assigns to all of the terms and conditions of the Award as set forth in or pursuant to this Agreement and the Plan (as such Plan may be amended from time to time).

(b) Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

2. Vesting .

(a) Participant’s Stock Units and rights in and to the Common Shares subject to the Stock Units shall not be vested as of the Grant Date and shall be forfeitable unless and until otherwise vested pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Subject to Participant’s continued employment with the Company and/or its subsidiaries or affiliates the Award shall become vested in accordance with the following schedule: (i) thirty percent (30%) of the Stock Units subject to the Award shall vest on the first anniversary of the Grant Date, (ii) thirty percent (30%) of the Stock Units subject to the Award shall vest on the second anniversary of the Grant Date, (iii) thirty percent (30%) of the Stock Units subject to the Award shall vest on the third


anniversary of the Grant Date, and (iv) the remaining ten percent (10%) of the Stock Units subject to the Award shall vest on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (each such date a “ Vesting Date ”). Stock Units that have vested and are no longer subject to forfeiture are referred to herein as “ Vested Units .” Stock Units that are not vested and remain subject to forfeiture are referred to herein as “ Unvested Units .”

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Section 409A Change of Control (as defined below), any Unvested Units shall become fully vested as of immediately prior to the consummation of the Section 409A Change of Control.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, in the event of Participant’s termination of employment as a result of Participant’s death or “Disability” (as defined below), all Unvested Units shall vest as of the date of such termination of employment.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary, but subject to Section 2(b) hereof, in the event of Participant’s termination of employment by the Company without “Cause” or by Participant for “Good Reason” (each as defined below, and the date of such event being referred to in this Section 2(d) as the “ Termination Date ”), the Unvested Units shall vest as follows:

(i) the portion of the Unvested Units that would have become vested on the applicable Vesting Date pursuant to Section 2(a) above next following the Termination Date shall become vested as of the Termination Date on a pro rata basis, calculated by multiplying such portion of the Unvested Units by a fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of months elapsed from the Vesting Date that immediately preceded the Termination Date through and including the month of the Termination Date, and the denominator of which is twelve;

(ii) in addition to the Unvested Units described in clause (i) above, in the event the Termination Date is on or prior to the second anniversary of the Grant Date, then an additional number of Unvested Units shall become vested as of the Termination Date equal to fifty percent (50%) of the then-remaining Unvested Units (determined after applying the clause (i) above);

(iii) in addition to the Unvested Units described in clause (i) above, in the event the Termination Date is after the second anniversary of the Grant Date but on or prior to the third anniversary of the Grant Date, then an additional number of Unvested Units shall become vested as of the Termination Date equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of the then-remaining Unvested Units (determined after applying the clause (i) above); and

(iv) in addition to the Unvested Units described in clause (i) above, in the event the Termination Date is after the third anniversary of the Grant Date, all Unvested Units shall become vested as of the Termination Date.

(e) For purposes hereof, the terms “ Disability, ” “ Cause ” and “ Good Reason ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement by and between the Company and the Participant dated as of March 27, 2008 (the “ Employment Agreement ”).

 

2


(f) For purposes hereof, the term “ Section 409A Change in Control ” shall mean the consummation of (i) a “change in the ownership” of the Company, (ii) a “change in the effective control” of the Company or (iii) a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company (each as defined under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended).

3. Settlement of Stock Units .

(a) Subject to any deferral pursuant to Paragraph 3(b) hereof and subject to the provisions of Section 20(b) of the Employment Agreement, each Vested Unit will be settled by the delivery of one Common Share (subject to adjustment under Section 12 of the Plan) to Participant or, in the event of Participant’s death, to Participant’s estate, heir or beneficiary, within thirty (30) days following the applicable Vesting Date; provided that the Participant has satisfied all of the tax withholding obligations described in Paragraph 8, and that Participant has completed, signed and returned any documents and taken any additional action that the Company deems appropriate to enable it to accomplish the delivery of the Common Shares.

(b) Subject to the satisfaction all of the tax withholding obligations described in Paragraph 8, Participant may elect to defer the receipt of any Common Shares issuable pursuant to Vested Units by submitting to the Company an election to defer receipt in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit A. In the event Participant intends to defer the receipt of any Common Shares, Participant must submit to the Company a deferral election form within thirty (30) days following the Grant Date. Participant hereby represents that Participant understands the effect of any such deferral under relevant federal, state and local tax laws.

(c) The date upon which Common Shares are to be issued under either Paragraph 3(a) or 3(b) above is referred to as the “ Settlement Date .” The issuance of the Common Shares hereunder may be effected by the issuance of a stock certificate, recording shares on the stock records of the Company or by crediting shares in an account established on Participant’s behalf with a brokerage firm or other custodian, in each case as determined by the Company. Fractional shares will not be issued pursuant to the Award.

(d) Notwithstanding the above, (i) for administrative or other reasons, the Company may from time to time temporarily suspend the issuance of Common Shares in respect of Vested Units, (ii) the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Common Shares during any period when the Company determines that the delivery of shares hereunder would violate any federal, state or other applicable laws, (iii) the Company may issue Common Shares hereunder subject to any restrictive legends that, as determined by the Company’s counsel, are necessary to comply with securities or other regulatory requirements and (iv) the date on which shares are issued hereunder may include a delay in order to provide the Company such time as it determines appropriate to address tax withholding and other administrative matters.

4. Shareholder Rights . Prior to any issuance of Common Shares in settlement of the Award, no Common Shares will be reserved or earmarked for Participant or Participant’s account nor shall Participant have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Common Shares. Except as set forth in Paragraph 5, the Participant will not be entitled to any privileges of ownership of the Common Shares (including, without limitation, any voting rights) underlying Vested Units and/or Unvested Units unless and until Common Shares are actually delivered to Participant hereunder.

 

3


5. Dividend Equivalent Rights . From and after the Grant Date and unless and until the Award is forfeited or otherwise transferred back to the Company, Participant will be credited with additional Stock Units having a value equal to dividends declared by the Company, if any, with record dates that occur prior to the settlement of the Award as if the Common Shares underlying the Award had been issued and outstanding, based on the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the applicable dividend payment date. Any such additional Stock Units shall be considered part of the Award and shall also be credited with additional Stock Units as dividends, if any, are declared, and shall be subject to the same restrictions and conditions as the Stock Units subject to the Award with respect to which they were credited (including, but not limited to, the forfeiture provisions set forth in Paragraph 6). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such additional Stock Units will be credited with respect to any dividend declared by the Company in connection with which the Award is adjusted pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan.

6. Effect of Termination of Employment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, and except as provided in Sections 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d) hereof, upon a termination of Participant’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Unvested Units shall be forfeited by Participant and cancelled and surrendered to the Company without payment of any consideration to Participant.

7. Adjustments of Common Shares and Awards . Subject to Section 12(a) of the Plan, in the event of any change in the outstanding Common Shares by reason of an acquisition, spin-off or reclassification, recapitalization or merger, combination or exchange of Common Shares or other corporate exchange, Change of Control or similar event, the Committee shall adjust appropriately the number or kind of shares or securities subject to the Award and make such other revisions to the Award as it deems are equitably required.

8. Withholding Taxes .

(a) Participant is liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Award, regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Award. The Company does not make any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant, vesting or settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Award. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

(b) Prior to any event in connection with the Award (e.g., vesting or payment in respect of the Award) that the Company determines may result in any domestic or foreign tax withholding obligation, whether national, federal, state or local, including any social tax obligation (the “ Tax Withholding Obligation ”), Participant is required to arrange for the satisfaction of the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company.

 

4


(c) Unless the Committee provides otherwise, at any time not less than five (5) business days before any Tax Withholding Obligation arises (e.g., a Settlement Date), Participant shall notify the Company of Participant’s election to pay Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by wire transfer, cashier’s check or by authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise be issued to Participant as a result of the settlement of the Stock Units or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or other means permitted by the Company. In such case, Participant shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation by paying to the Company on such date as it shall specify an amount that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy the expected Tax Withholding Obligation by (i) wire transfer to such account as the Company may direct, (ii) delivery of a cashier’s check payable to the Company, Attn: General Counsel, at the Company’s principal executive offices, or such other address as the Company may from time to time direct, (iii) authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise be issued to Participant as a result of the settlement of the Stock Units or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or (iv) such other means as the Company may establish or permit (including by means of a “same day sale” program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company and applicable law). Participant agrees and acknowledges that prior to the date the Tax Withholding Obligation arises, the Company will be required to estimate the amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation and accordingly may require the amount paid to the Company under this Paragraph 8(c) to be more than the minimum amount that may actually be due and that, if Participant has not delivered or otherwise provided payment of a sufficient amount to the Company to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation (regardless of whether as a result of the Company underestimating the required payment or Participant failing to timely make the required payment), the additional Tax Withholding Obligation amounts shall be satisfied by such other means as the Committee deems appropriate.

9. Securities Law Compliance . Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register for resale the Common Shares issued upon settlement of the Award. The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any resales by Participant or other subsequent transfers by Participant of any Common Shares issued as a result of or under this Award, including without limitation (i) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (ii) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Award and/or the Common Shares underlying the Award and (iii) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for such resales or other transfers. Any sale of the Common Shares must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

10. Assignment or Transfer Prohibited . The Award (whether or not vested) may not be assigned or transferred otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; provided, however, Participant may assign or transfer the Award to the extent permitted under the Plan, provided that the Award shall be subject to all the terms and condition of the Plan, this Agreement and any other terms required by the Committee as a condition to such transfer. Neither the Award nor any right hereunder shall be subject to attachment, execution or other similar process. In the event of any attempt by Participant to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Award or any right hereunder, except as provided for herein, or in the event of the levy or any attachment, execution or similar process upon the rights or interests hereby conferred, the Company may terminate the Award by notice to Participant, and the Award shall thereupon become null and void.

 

5


11. Committee Authority . Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement or the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under this Agreement or the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. All decisions by the Committee shall be final and binding.

12. Application of the Plan . The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of hereof and as the Plan is amended from time to time. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise herein. As used herein, the term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan, and the term “Paragraph” refers to provisions of this Agreement.

13. No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in the Plan, in this Agreement or any other instrument executed pursuant thereto or hereto shall confer upon Participant any right to continued employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates.

14. Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party, shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan.

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan together set forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral and written and all contemporaneous or subsequent oral discussions, agreements and understandings of any kind or nature.

16. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

[ signature page follows ]

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    HERBALIFE LTD.
/s/ Michael O. Johnson     By:   /s/ Brett R. Chapman
Michael O. Johnson       Name: Brett R. Chapman
        Title: General Counsel

 

7

Exhibit 10.39

FORM OF 2008 SARs

HERBALIFE LTD.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD AGREEMENT

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 27, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”) between HERBALIFE LTD., an entity organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and Michael O. Johnson (“ Participant ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the Committee designated under the Plan (or an officer of the Company to who the authority to grant Awards has been delegated), desires to grant to Participant an award of stock appreciation rights; and

WHEREAS, Participant desires to accept such award subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and Participant, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant .

(a) The Company hereby grants to the Participant an Award of 396,120 Stock Appreciation Rights (the “ Award ”) in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan (each as amended from time to time). Each Stock Appreciation Right represents the right to receive, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to this Agreement, from the Company, a payment, paid in Common Shares, par value $.002 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”), equal to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value, on the date of exercise, of one Common Share (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan) over the Base Price (as defined below) of the Stock Appreciation Right, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value, on the date of exercise, of one Common Share, subject to terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan (each as amended from time to time).

(b) The “ Base Price ” for the Stock Appreciation Right shall be $48.64 per share (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 12 of the Plan).

(c) Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.


2. Time for Exercise .

(a) Subject to Section 2(c) and Participant’s continued employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (or as otherwise provided in Section 2(b)), the Award shall become vested and exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (the period between the Grant Date and the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date the “ Performance Period ”) provided that during the Performance Period the Company’s Common Shares closed at a price for thirty (30) consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $80.43 per share (the “ Price Performance Standard ”).

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary,

(i) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control in which either (A) the Price Performance Standard or the Alternate Price Performance Standard (as defined below) has been satisfied prior to the date of such Change of Control or (B) the price per Common Share received by the Company’s shareholders in connection with such Change of Control transaction (as determined in good faith by the Committee as in existence immediately prior to the Change of Control) is equal to or greater than the Alternate Price Performance Standard (as defined below), the vesting of the Award shall be accelerated such that 100% of the then unvested portion of the Award shall become vested and exercisable as of the date of the Change of Control; and

(ii) in the event that Participant’s employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (or their respective successors) is terminated by the Company without “Cause” or by Participant for “Good Reason” (each as defined below), or in the event of Participant’s death or “Disability” (as defined below) and either (A) the Price Performance Standard has been satisfied as of the date of such event or (B) during the period between the Grant Date and the date of such event, the Company’s Common Shares closed at a price for thirty (30) consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $60.82 per share (the “ Alternate Price Performance Standard ”), the Award shall become immediately and fully vested and exercisable.

(c) Participant acknowledges and agrees that he is subject to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

3. Expiration .

(a) The Award shall expire on the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date; provided, however, that the Award may earlier terminate as provided in this Paragraph 3 and/or in Section 13 of the Plan.

(b) Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, in the event that the Price Performance Standard is not achieved during the Performance Period, the Award shall expire on the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date.

(c) Upon termination of Participant’s employment with the Company, that portion of the Award that is vested and exercisable, and any portion of the Award that becomes vested and exercisable in accordance with Paragraph 2(b), will terminate in accordance with the following:

(i) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date of such termination;

 

2


(ii) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of Participant’s resignation without Good Reason, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is thirty days immediately following the date of such termination;

(iii) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of Participant’s death or Disability, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is one year immediately following the date of such termination; and

(iv) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by reason of Participant’s resignation for Good Reason, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is two years immediately following the date of such termination, unless the Award became vested and exercisable solely due to the achievement of the Alternate Price Performance Standard (and not the Price Performance Standard), in which event the Award will terminate on the date that is 90 days immediately following the date of such termination.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than a termination by the Company for Cause, and at any time during the permitted exercise period following the effective date of such termination of employment Participant is subject to a “trading blackout” or “quiet period” with respect to the Common Shares or if the Company determines, upon the advice of legal counsel, that Participant may not to trade in the Common Shares due to Participant’s possession of material non-public information, the Company shall extend the period during which Participant may exercise his then remaining vested portion of this Award until the later of (i) the expiration date of the Award determined pursuant to Paragraph 3(c) and (ii) the date that is thirty days following the first date on which Participant is no longer subject to such restrictions on trading with respect to the Common Shares.

(e) For purposes hereof, the terms “ Cause ,” Good Reason ” and “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement by and between the Company and Participant dated as of March 27, 2008.

4. Method of Exercise . The Award may be exercised by delivery to the Company (attention: Secretary) of a notice of exercise in the form specified by the Company specifying the number of shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised.

5. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares may be purchased upon any exercise.

6. Adjustments of Shares and Awards .

(a) Subject to Section 12(a) of the Plan, in the event of any change in the outstanding Shares by reason of an acquisition, spin-off or reclassification, recapitalization or merger, combination or exchange of Common Shares or other corporate exchange, Change of Control or similar event, the Committee shall adjust appropriately the number or kind of shares or securities subject to the Award and Base Prices related thereto and make such other revisions to the Award as it deems are equitably required. Any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 6 shall be implemented in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

3


(b) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any merger or consolidation of the Company into another corporation, the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, a Change of Control or the recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or any other similar fundamental transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (any of the foregoing, a “ Qualifying Event ”), the Committee shall provide either: (i) that the Award cannot be exercised after such Qualifying Event, provided that, subject to the satisfaction of the provisions of Section 2(b)(i) hereof, the Award shall be immediately and fully vested immediately prior to the consummation of any such Qualifying Event, and provided further that nothing in this Paragraph 6(b) shall prohibit Participant from exercising any then exercisable portion of the Award (including any portion thereof which will become exercisable by virtue of such Qualifying Event and/or the provisions of Section 2(b)(i)) prior to, or simultaneously with, the occurrence of such Qualifying Event and that, upon the occurrence of such Qualifying Event, the Award will terminate and be of no further force or effect and no longer be outstanding; (ii) that the Award will remain outstanding after such Qualifying Event, and from and after the consummation of such Qualifying Event, subject to the satisfaction of the provisions of Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof, the Award will be exercisable for the kind and amount of securities and/or other property receivable as a result of such Qualifying Event by the holder of a number of Common Shares for which the Award could have been exercised immediately prior to such Qualifying Event; or (iii) the Award will be cancelled in its entirety and repurchased by the Company at a specific aggregate price equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the relevant underlying Common Shares less the applicable Base Price multiplied by then exercisable portion of the Award (including any portion thereof which will become exercisable by virtue of such Qualifying Event and/or the provisions of Section 2(b)(i)) and that, upon the occurrence of such Qualifying Event, the Award will terminate and be of no further force or effect and no longer be outstanding. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 6(b) and the terms and conditions of Sections 12(b) and/or 13 of the Plan, the terms and condition of this Paragraph 6(b) shall control. The Committee’s election pursuant to this Paragraph 6(b) will be applied in the same manner to all other holders of the Company’s stock options and stock appreciation rights whose award agreements contain a similar provision. The Committee may only elect the alternatives specified in clauses (i) or (iii) of the first sentence of this Paragraph 6(b) in connection with any Qualifying Event described in clauses (iii)(A) or (iii)(C) of the definition of “Change of Control” (as such term is defined in the Plan).

7. Compliance With Legal Requirements .

(a) The Award shall not be exercisable and no Common Shares shall be issued or transferred pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan unless and until the Tax Withholding Obligation (as defined below), and all legal requirements applicable to such issuance or transfer have, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, been satisfied. Such legal requirements may include, but are not limited to, (i) registering or qualifying such Common Shares under any state or federal law or under the rules of any stock exchange or trading system, (ii) satisfying any applicable law or rule relating to the transfer of unregistered securities or demonstrating the availability of an exemption from applicable laws, (iii) placing a restricted legend on the Common Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Award, or (iv) obtaining the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body.

 

4


(b) Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register for resale the Common Shares issued upon exercise of the Award. The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any exercise of the Award and/or any resales by Participant or other subsequent transfers by Participant of any Common Shares issued as a result of the exercise of the Award, including without limitation (i) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (ii) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Award and/or the Common Shares underlying the Award and (iii) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for exercising the Award and/or for such resales or other transfers. The sale of the shares underlying the Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

8. Shareholder Rights . Participant shall not be deemed a shareholder of the Company with respect to any of the Common Shares subject to the Award, except to the extent that such shares shall have been purchased and transferred to Participant.

9. Withholding Taxes .

(a) Participant is liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Award, regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Award. The Company does not make any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant, vesting or settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Award. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

(b) Prior to any event in connection with the Award (e.g., vesting or payment in respect of the Award) that the Company determines may result in any domestic or foreign tax withholding obligation, whether national, federal, state or local, including any social tax obligation (the “ Tax Withholding Obligation ”), Participant is required to arrange for the satisfaction of the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company.

(c) Participant shall notify the Company of Participant’s election to pay Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by wire transfer, cashier’s check or by authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise be issued to Participant in connection with the Award or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or other means permitted by the Company. In such case, Participant shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation by paying to the Company on such date as it shall specify an amount that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy the expected Tax Withholding Obligation by (i) wire transfer to such account as the Company may direct, (ii) delivery of a cashier’s check payable to the Company, Attn: General Counsel, at the Company’s principal executive offices, or such other address as the Company may from time to time direct, (iii) authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise

 

5


be issued to Participant in connection with the Award or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or (iv) such other means as the Company may establish or permit. Participant agrees and acknowledges that prior to the date the Tax Withholding Obligation arises, the Company will be required to estimate the amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation and accordingly may require the amount paid to the Company under this Paragraph 9(c) to be more than the minimum amount that may actually be due and that, if Participant has not delivered or otherwise provided payment of a sufficient amount to the Company to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation (regardless of whether as a result of the Company underestimating the required payment or Participant failing to timely make the required payment), the additional Tax Withholding Obligation amounts shall be satisfied such other means as the Committee deems appropriate.

10. Assignment or Transfer Prohibited . The Award may not be assigned or transferred otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the life of Participant only by Participant or Participant’s guardian or legal representative. Neither the Award nor any right hereunder shall be subject to attachment, execution or other similar process. In the event of any attempt by Participant to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Award or any right hereunder, except as provided for herein, or in the event of the levy or any attachment, execution or similar process upon the rights or interests hereby conferred, the Company may terminate the Award by notice to Participant, and the Award shall thereupon become null and void.

11. Committee Authority . Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement or the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under this Agreement or the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. All decisions by the Committee shall be final and binding.

12. Application of the Plan . The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of hereof and as the Plan is amended from time to time. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise herein. As used herein, the term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan, and the term “Paragraph” refers to provisions of this Agreement.

13. No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in the Plan, in this Agreement or any other instrument executed pursuant thereto or hereto shall confer upon Participant any right to continued employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

14. Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party, shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan.

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan together set forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral and written and all contemporaneous or subsequent oral discussions, agreements and understandings of any kind or nature.

 

6


16. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    HERBALIFE LTD.

/s/ Michael O. Johnson

    By:  

/s/ Brett R. Chapman

Michael O. Johnson       Name: Brett R. Chapman
      Title: General Counsel

 

7

Exhibit 10.40

FORM OF 2008 SARs

HERBALIFE LTD.

2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AWARD AGREEMENT

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of March 27, 2008 (the “ Grant Date ”) between HERBALIFE LTD., an entity organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “ Company ”), and Michael O. Johnson (“ Participant ”).

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the Committee designated under the Plan (or an officer of the Company to who the authority to grant Awards has been delegated), desires to grant to Participant an award of stock appreciation rights; and

WHEREAS, Participant desires to accept such award subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the Company and Participant, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Grant .

(a) The Company hereby grants to the Participant an Award of 363,670 Stock Appreciation Rights (the “ Award ”) in accordance with Section 8 of the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan (each as amended from time to time). Each Stock Appreciation Right represents the right to receive, upon exercise of the Stock Appreciation Right pursuant to this Agreement, from the Company, a payment, paid in Common Shares, par value $.002 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Shares ”), equal to (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value, on the date of exercise, of one Common Share (as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 12 of the Plan) over the Base Price (as defined below) of the Stock Appreciation Right, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value, on the date of exercise, of one Common Share, subject to terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan (each as amended from time to time).

(b) The “ Base Price ” for the Stock Appreciation Right shall be $48.64 per share (subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 12 of the Plan).

(c) Except as otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.


2. Time for Exercise .

(a) Subject to Section 2(c) and Participant’s continued employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (or as otherwise provided in Section 2(b)), the Award shall become vested and exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date (the period between the Grant Date and the fourth anniversary of the Grant Date the “ Performance Period ”) provided that during the Performance Period the Company’s Common Shares closed at a price for thirty (30) consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $67.33 per share (the “ Price Performance Standard ”).

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Plan to the contrary,

(i) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control in which either (A) the Price Performance Standard or the Alternate Price Performance Standard (as defined below) has been satisfied prior to the date of such Change of Control or (B) the price per Common Share received by the Company’s shareholders in connection with such Change of Control transaction (as determined in good faith by the Committee as in existence immediately prior to the Change of Control) is equal to or greater than the Alternate Price Performance Standard (as defined below), the vesting of the Award shall be accelerated such that 100% of the then unvested portion of the Award shall become vested and exercisable as of the date of the Change of Control; and

(ii) in the event that Participant’s employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (or their respective successors) is terminated by the Company without “Cause” or by Participant for “Good Reason” (each as defined below), or in the event of Participant’s death or “Disability” (as defined below) and either (A) the Price Performance Standard has been satisfied as of the date of such event or (B) during the period between the Grant Date and the date of such event, the Company’s Common Shares closed at a price for thirty (30) consecutive trading days that is equal to or greater than $55.64 per share (the “ Alternate Price Performance Standard ”), the Award shall become immediately and fully vested and exercisable.

(c) Participant acknowledges and agrees that he is subject to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

3. Expiration .

(a) The Award shall expire on the seventh (7 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date; provided, however, that the Award may earlier terminate as provided in this Paragraph 3 and/or in Section 13 of the Plan.

(b) Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, in the event that the Price Performance Standard is not achieved during the Performance Period, the Award shall expire on the fourth (4 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date.

(c) Upon termination of Participant’s employment with the Company, that portion of the Award that is vested and exercisable, and any portion of the Award that becomes vested and exercisable in accordance with Paragraph 2(b), will terminate in accordance with the following:

(i) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for Cause, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date of such termination;

 

2


(ii) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of Participant’s resignation without Good Reason, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is thirty days immediately following the date of such termination;

(iii) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by reason of Participant’s death or Disability, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is one year immediately following the date of such termination; and

(iv) if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause or by reason of Participant’s resignation for Good Reason, the vested and exercisable portion of the Award will terminate on the date that is two years immediately following the date of such termination, unless the Award became vested and exercisable solely due to the achievement of the Alternate Price Performance Standard (and not the Price Performance Standard), in which event the Award will terminate on the date that is 90 days immediately following the date of such termination.

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than a termination by the Company for Cause, and at any time during the permitted exercise period following the effective date of such termination of employment Participant is subject to a “trading blackout” or “quiet period” with respect to the Common Shares or if the Company determines, upon the advice of legal counsel, that Participant may not to trade in the Common Shares due to Participant’s possession of material non-public information, the Company shall extend the period during which Participant may exercise his then remaining vested portion of this Award until the later of (i) the expiration date of the Award determined pursuant to Paragraph 3(c) and (ii) the date that is thirty days following the first date on which Participant is no longer subject to such restrictions on trading with respect to the Common Shares.

(e) For purposes hereof, the terms “ Cause ,” Good Reason ” and “ Disability ” shall have the meaning set forth in the employment agreement by and between the Company and Participant dated as of March 27, 2008.

4. Method of Exercise . The Award may be exercised by delivery to the Company (attention: Secretary) of a notice of exercise in the form specified by the Company specifying the number of shares with respect to which the Award is being exercised.

5. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares may be purchased upon any exercise.

6. Adjustments of Shares and Awards .

(a) Subject to Section 12(a) of the Plan, in the event of any change in the outstanding Shares by reason of an acquisition, spin-off or reclassification, recapitalization or merger, combination or exchange of Common Shares or other corporate exchange, Change of Control or similar event, the Committee shall adjust appropriately the number or kind of shares or securities subject to the Award and Base Prices related thereto and make such other revisions to the Award as it deems are equitably required. Any adjustments made pursuant to this Section 6 shall be implemented in accordance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

3


(b) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, with respect to any merger or consolidation of the Company into another corporation, the sale or exchange of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, a Change of Control or the recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation or dissolution of the Company or any other similar fundamental transaction involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (any of the foregoing, a “ Qualifying Event ”), the Committee shall provide either: (i) that the Award cannot be exercised after such Qualifying Event, provided that, subject to the satisfaction of the provisions of Section 2(b)(i) hereof, the Award shall be immediately and fully vested immediately prior to the consummation of any such Qualifying Event, and provided further that nothing in this Paragraph 6(b) shall prohibit Participant from exercising any then exercisable portion of the Award (including any portion thereof which will become exercisable by virtue of such Qualifying Event and/or the provisions of Section 2(b)(i)) prior to, or simultaneously with, the occurrence of such Qualifying Event and that, upon the occurrence of such Qualifying Event, the Award will terminate and be of no further force or effect and no longer be outstanding; (ii) that the Award will remain outstanding after such Qualifying Event, and from and after the consummation of such Qualifying Event, subject to the satisfaction of the provisions of Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof, the Award will be exercisable for the kind and amount of securities and/or other property receivable as a result of such Qualifying Event by the holder of a number of Common Shares for which the Award could have been exercised immediately prior to such Qualifying Event; or (iii) the Award will be cancelled in its entirety and repurchased by the Company at a specific aggregate price equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the relevant underlying Common Shares less the applicable Base Price multiplied by then exercisable portion of the Award (including any portion thereof which will become exercisable by virtue of such Qualifying Event and/or the provisions of Section 2(b)(i)) and that, upon the occurrence of such Qualifying Event, the Award will terminate and be of no further force or effect and no longer be outstanding. In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this Paragraph 6(b) and the terms and conditions of Sections 12(b) and/or 13 of the Plan, the terms and condition of this Paragraph 6(b) shall control. The Committee’s election pursuant to this Paragraph 6(b) will be applied in the same manner to all other holders of the Company’s stock options and stock appreciation rights whose award agreements contain a similar provision. The Committee may only elect the alternatives specified in clauses (i) or (iii) of the first sentence of this Paragraph 6(b) in connection with any Qualifying Event described in clauses (iii)(A) or (iii)(C) of the definition of “Change of Control” (as such term is defined in the Plan).

7. Compliance With Legal Requirements .

(a) The Award shall not be exercisable and no Common Shares shall be issued or transferred pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan unless and until the Tax Withholding Obligation (as defined below), and all legal requirements applicable to such issuance or transfer have, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, been satisfied. Such legal requirements may include, but are not limited to, (i) registering or qualifying such Common Shares under any state or federal law or under the rules of any stock exchange or trading system, (ii) satisfying any applicable law or rule relating to the transfer of unregistered securities or demonstrating the availability of an exemption from applicable laws, (iii) placing a restricted legend on the Common Shares issued pursuant to the exercise of the Award, or (iv) obtaining the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body.

 

4


(b) Participant understands that the Company is under no obligation to register for resale the Common Shares issued upon exercise of the Award. The Company may impose such restrictions, conditions or limitations as it determines appropriate as to the timing and manner of any exercise of the Award and/or any resales by Participant or other subsequent transfers by Participant of any Common Shares issued as a result of the exercise of the Award, including without limitation (i) restrictions under an insider trading policy, (ii) restrictions that may be necessary in the absence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the Award and/or the Common Shares underlying the Award and (iii) restrictions as to the use of a specified brokerage firm or other agent for exercising the Award and/or for such resales or other transfers. The sale of the shares underlying the Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the sale of such shares.

8. Shareholder Rights . Participant shall not be deemed a shareholder of the Company with respect to any of the Common Shares subject to the Award, except to the extent that such shares shall have been purchased and transferred to Participant.

9. Withholding Taxes .

(a) Participant is liable and responsible for all taxes owed in connection with the Award, regardless of any action the Company takes with respect to any tax withholding obligations that arise in connection with the Award. The Company does not make any representation or undertaking regarding the treatment of any tax withholding in connection with the grant, vesting or settlement of the Award or the subsequent sale of Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Award. The Company does not commit and is under no obligation to structure the Award to reduce or eliminate Participant’s tax liability.

(b) Prior to any event in connection with the Award (e.g., vesting or payment in respect of the Award) that the Company determines may result in any domestic or foreign tax withholding obligation, whether national, federal, state or local, including any social tax obligation (the “ Tax Withholding Obligation ”), Participant is required to arrange for the satisfaction of the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation in a manner acceptable to the Company.

(c) Participant shall notify the Company of Participant’s election to pay Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by wire transfer, cashier’s check or by authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise be issued to Participant in connection with the Award or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or other means permitted by the Company. In such case, Participant shall satisfy his or her tax withholding obligation by paying to the Company on such date as it shall specify an amount that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy the expected Tax Withholding Obligation by (i) wire transfer to such account as the Company may direct, (ii) delivery of a cashier’s check payable to the Company, Attn: General Counsel, at the Company’s principal executive offices, or such other address as the Company may from time to time direct, (iii) authorizing the Company to withhold a portion of the Common Shares that would otherwise

 

5


be issued to Participant in connection with the Award or by tendering Common Shares (either actually or by attestation) previously acquired, or (iv) such other means as the Company may establish or permit. Participant agrees and acknowledges that prior to the date the Tax Withholding Obligation arises, the Company will be required to estimate the amount of the Tax Withholding Obligation and accordingly may require the amount paid to the Company under this Paragraph 9(c) to be more than the minimum amount that may actually be due and that, if Participant has not delivered or otherwise provided payment of a sufficient amount to the Company to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation (regardless of whether as a result of the Company underestimating the required payment or Participant failing to timely make the required payment), the additional Tax Withholding Obligation amounts shall be satisfied such other means as the Committee deems appropriate.

10. Assignment or Transfer Prohibited . The Award may not be assigned or transferred otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the life of Participant only by Participant or Participant’s guardian or legal representative. Neither the Award nor any right hereunder shall be subject to attachment, execution or other similar process. In the event of any attempt by Participant to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Award or any right hereunder, except as provided for herein, or in the event of the levy or any attachment, execution or similar process upon the rights or interests hereby conferred, the Company may terminate the Award by notice to Participant, and the Award shall thereupon become null and void.

11. Committee Authority . Any question concerning the interpretation of this Agreement or the Plan, any adjustments required to be made under this Agreement or the Plan, and any controversy that may arise under this Agreement or the Plan shall be determined by the Committee in its sole and absolute discretion. All decisions by the Committee shall be final and binding.

12. Application of the Plan . The terms of this Agreement are governed by the terms of the Plan, as it exists on the date of hereof and as the Plan is amended from time to time. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control, except as expressly stated otherwise herein. As used herein, the term “Section” generally refers to provisions within the Plan, and the term “Paragraph” refers to provisions of this Agreement.

13. No Right to Continued Employment . Nothing in the Plan, in this Agreement or any other instrument executed pursuant thereto or hereto shall confer upon Participant any right to continued employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

14. Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall cooperate with each other party, shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all other agreements, certificates, instruments, and documents as any other party hereto reasonably may request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the Plan.

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Plan together set forth the entire agreement and understanding between the parties as to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior oral and written and all contemporaneous or subsequent oral discussions, agreements and understandings of any kind or nature.

 

6


16. Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of, and be binding on, the Company and its successors and assigns and Participant and Participant’s legal representatives, heirs, legatees, distributees, assigns and transferees by operation of law, whether or not any such person will have become a party to this Agreement and agreed in writing to join herein and be bound by the terms and conditions hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

    HERBALIFE LTD.

/s/ Michael O. Johnson

    By:  

/s/ Brett R. Chapman

Michael O. Johnson       Name: Brett R. Chapman
      Title: General Counsel

 

7

Exhibit 31.1

Section 302 Certification

I, Michael O. Johnson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Herbalife Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By:

  /s/ MICHAEL O. JOHNSON
 

Michael O. Johnson

Chief Executive Officer

Dated: April 29, 2013

 

Exhibit 31.2

Section 302 Certification

I, John G. DeSimone, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Herbalife Ltd.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a -15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

By:   /s/ JOHN G. DESIMONE
 

John G. DeSimone

Chief Financial Officer

Dated: April 29, 2013